fixed arrow components

fixed gold bar components
Fixed my really bad merge...
2014-05-24 16:25:01 +02:00 · 2014-05-24 16:23:35 +02:00 · 2014-05-09 21:28:33 +02:00 · 2014-05-09 19:45:52 +02:00 · 2014-04-27 16:05:21 +02:00 · 2014-04-27 15:47:48 +02:00
6611 changed files with 93337 additions and 322589 deletions
--- a/.git_archival
+++ b/.git_archival
@ -1,2 +1 @@
 node: $Format:%H$
-date: $Format:%ci$
--- a/.gitattributes
+++ b/.gitattributes
@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
 .git_archival	export-subst
 .gitattributes	export-ignore
 .gitignore	export-ignore
-
-*.sh text eol=lf
-tools/osx_bundle_libs text eol=lf
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@ -1,24 +1,37 @@
+autom4te.cache
 *~
 *.bak
 .deps
 deps
 *.o
 /openclonk
-/openclonk-server
 /netpuncher
 /c4group
 /c4script
+.dirstamp
 *.a
 *.c4p
 planet/Records.c4f
 *.lib
 *.dll
+stamp-h1
 config.h
+config.log
+config.status
 C4Version.h
 Makefile
 C4Include.h.gch
+Makefile.in
+aclocal.m4
+autotools/config.guess
+autotools/config.sub
+autotools/compile
+autotools/depcomp
+autotools/install-sh
+autotools/missing
+configure
 intermediate
-/build*
+build*
 CMakeScripts
 CMakeFiles
 CMakeCache.txt
@ -29,25 +42,19 @@ CPackSourceConfig.cmake
 *.rule
 editor-icons.h
 oc-icon.h
-NativeToolsExport.cmake
-engine-resource.c
-tests/CTestTestfile.cmake

 # Documentation
 *.pyc
-node_modules
-/docs/online
-/docs/chm
-/docs/sdk-de
-/docs/sdk/content.xml
-/docs/*.mo
-/docs/doku.pot
-/docs/Functions.txt
-/docs/lunr.js
+docs/online
+docs/chm
+docs/sdk-de
+docs/sdk/content.xml
+docs/*.mo
+docs/doku.pot
+docs/Functions.txt

 # Visual studio files
 openclonk.opensdf
-openclonk.manifest
 deps/
 planet/Release
 planet/RelWithDebInfo
@ -60,10 +67,6 @@ planet/fmod.dll
 planet/cmake_install.cmake
 planet/clonk.sln
 planet/clonk.ilk
-*.ipdb
-*.iobj
-openclonk.VC.db
-openclonk.VC.VC.opendb

 build
 planet/clonk.app
@ -84,16 +87,6 @@ openclonk.ilk
 *.vcxproj
 *.vcxproj.filters
 /ipch
-.vs/
-c4group_autogen/
-c4script_autogen/
-libc4script_autogen/
-libmisc_autogen/
-libopenclonk_autogen/
-netpuncher_autogen/
-openclonk-server_autogen/
-openclonk_autogen/
-thirdparty/blake2/blake2_autogen/

 # Temporary files created by Microsoft Visual Studio
 *.ncb
@ -124,7 +117,6 @@ xcode/build

 # Development files explicitely excluded
 planet/nohg*
-*.nohg*

 # Eclipse project file
 planet/.project
@ -134,7 +126,6 @@ openclonk.layout
 openclonk.sdf
 openclonk.cbp
 tests/openclonk_unittest.cbp
-tests/openclonk_unittest.sln

 # MacOSX saved searches
 *.savedSearch
@ -143,20 +134,8 @@ planet/openclonk.sln
 WindowsGamesExplorer.xml

 # Mape
-./mape
-/mape
+mape
 mape-icons.h
-mape-resource.c


-# Packed groups created directly in root path
-/*.oc*
-
-# QMake stuff
-*_automoc.cpp
-moc_*.cpp
-qrc_resource.cpp
-ui_C4ConsoleQt*.h
-resource.qrc.depends
-*.exp
-qt.conf
+tests/openclonk_unittest.sln
--- a/.travis.yml
+++ b/.travis.yml
@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-# thanks to http://stackoverflow.com/questions/29312015/building-with-more-than-one-version-of-a-compiler for the template
-
-language: cpp
-dist: trusty
-sudo: required # for Qt libraries. Additionally, the virtualization builds are more stable and have better single core performance.
-
-matrix:
-  include:
-    - os: linux
-      compiler: gcc
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          sources: ['ubuntu-toolchain-r-test']
-          packages: ['g++-4.9', 'build-essential', 'cmake3', 'libfreetype6-dev', 'libgl1-mesa-dev', 'libglew-dev', 'libgtk-3-dev', 'libjpeg-dev', 'libpng-dev', 'libsdl2-dev', 'libupnp-dev', 'libxrandr-dev', 'x11proto-core-dev', 'zlib1g-dev', 'libalut0', 'libgtest-dev']
-      env: 
-          - CCOMPILER=gcc-4.9 
-          - CXXCOMPILER=g++-4.9 
-          - TYPE=Debug # somehow, the linking fails for release builds. If someone could fix that, that would be great. 
-          - BSYS="Unix Makefiles#make -k"
-
-    - os: linux
-      compiler: gcc
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          sources:
-            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
-            - sourceline: ppa:beineri/opt-qt596-trusty
-          packages: ['g++-5', 'build-essential', 'cmake3', 'libpng-dev', 'libjpeg-dev', 'libfreetype6-dev', 'libglew-dev', 'libreadline-dev', 'libsdl2-dev', 'qt59base', 'libalut-dev', 'libvorbis-dev', 'libopenal-dev', 'libdw-dev', 'libgtest-dev', 'ninja-build']
-      env:
-          - CCOMPILER=gcc-5
-          - CXXCOMPILER=g++-5
-          - TYPE=RelWithDebInfo
-          - CXX_FLAGS="-fdiagnostics-color -I/usr/include/AL"
-          - BSYS="Ninja#ninja -k30" PCH=on
-          - UPLOAD_SNAPSHOT=1
-          - CMAKE_FLAGS="-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr -DWITH_AUTOMATIC_UPDATE=ON -DWITH_APPDIR_INSTALLATION=ON"
-
-    - os: linux
-      compiler: clang
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          sources: ['ubuntu-toolchain-r-test', 'llvm-toolchain-precise-3.8']
-          packages: ['clang-3.8', 'build-essential', 'cmake3', 'libfreetype6-dev', 'libgl1-mesa-dev', 'libglew-dev', 'libgtk-3-dev', 'libjpeg-dev', 'libpng-dev', 'libsdl2-dev', 'libupnp-dev', 'libxrandr-dev', 'x11proto-core-dev', 'zlib1g-dev', 'libalut0', 'ninja-build', 'libc++-dev', 'libc++1', 'libgtest-dev']
-      env: 
-          - CCOMPILER=clang-3.8 
-          - CXXCOMPILER=clang++-3.8 
-          - CXX_FLAGS="-stdlib=libc++ -fcolor-diagnostics" 
-          - TYPE=Debug 
-          - BSYS="Ninja#ninja -k30"
-
-before_install:
-    - for t in test mock; do wget https://github.com/google/google$t/archive/release-1.7.0.tar.gz -Og$t.tgz && tar xvf g$t.tgz; done 
-
-install:
-    - '[ -e /opt/qt59/bin/qt59-env.sh ] && source /opt/qt59/bin/qt59-env.sh || echo building without Qt'
-
-before_script:
-    - export CXX="$CXXCOMPILER" CC="$CCOMPILER"
-    - export C4REVISION_BRANCH="$TRAVIS_BRANCH"
-    - >
-      cmake
-      -G"${BSYS/\#*/}"
-      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE="$TYPE"
-      -DCMAKE_CXX_FLAGS="$CXX_FLAGS"
-      -DUSE_GCC_PCH=${PCH:-off}
-      -DGTEST_ROOT=$PWD/googletest-release-1.7.0
-      -DGMOCK_ROOT=$PWD/googlemock-release-1.7.0
-      $CMAKE_FLAGS
-      .
-
-script:
-    - ${BSYS/*#/} all netpuncher tests aul_test
-      # TODO: Remove SKIP_IPV6_TEST once Travis generally adds ::1 as loopback address.
-    - SKIP_IPV6_TEST=1 ./tests/tests 
-    - ./tests/aul_test
-
-after_success:
-    - >
-      [ "$UPLOAD_SNAPSHOT" = 1 ] && 
-      echo "Creating AppImage..." &&
-      tools/create_appimage.sh &&
-      echo "Uploading snapshot..." &&
-      tools/upload_snapshot.sh OpenClonk-x86_64.AppImage OpenClonk-x86_64.AppImage.zsync ||
-      echo "Snapshot creation has failed"
--- a/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/CMakeLists.txt
--- a/7
+++ b/7
@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Copyright (c) 2001-2009, RedWolf Design GmbH, http://www.clonk.de
-Copyright (c) 2009-2016, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
+Copyright (c) 2009-2013, The OpenClonk Team and contributors

 Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
 purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
@ -13,8 +13,6 @@ WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
 ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
 OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

-(This is the ISC license. <http://opensource.org/licenses/ISC>)
-
 Portions of the code have been contributed by other authors:
 Copyright (c) 2006-2007  Alexander Post
 Copyright (c) 2004-2013  Armin Burgmeier
@ -33,11 +31,10 @@ Copyright (c) 2010-2011  Maikel de Vries
 Copyright (c) 2010  Manuel Riecke
 Copyright (c) 2009  Mark Haßelbusch
 Copyright (c) 2009-2012  Martin Plicht
-Copyright (c) 1998-2009  Matthes Bender
+Copyright (c) 1998-2008  Matthes Bender
 Copyright (c) 2001  Michael Käser
 Copyright (c) 2009  mizipzor
 Copyright (c) 2009-2013  Nicolas Hake
-Copyright (c) 2013  Oliver Schneider
 Copyright (c) 2010  Peewee
 Copyright (c) 2001-2011  Peter Wortmann
 Copyright (c) 2012  Philipp Kern
--- a/Credits.txt
+++ b/Credits.txt
@ -1,17 +1,15 @@
 <Engine and Tools>
-Sven Eberhardt (Sven2)
-Günther Brammer (Günther)
-Nicolas Hake (Isilkor)
 Armin Burgmeier (Clonk-Karl)
-Lukas Werling (Luchs)
+Günther Brammer (Günther)
+Sven Eberhardt (Sven2)
+Nicolas Hake (Isilkor)
 Martin Plicht (Mortimer)
-Julius Michaelis (JCaesar)
 Peter Wortmann (PeterW)
+Julius Michaelis (Caesar)

 <Scripting and Content>
 Maikel de Vries (Maikel)
 David Dormagen (Zapper)
-Mark Haßelbusch (Marky)
 Felix Wagner (Clonkonaut)
 Bernhard Bonigl (Boni)

@ -20,16 +18,13 @@ Charles Spurrill (Ringwaul)
 Richard Gerum (Randrian)
 Timo Stabbert (Mimmo)
 Matthias Rottländer (Matthi)
+Felix Riese (Fungiform)
+Florian Graier (Nachtfalter)

-<Music and Sound>
-David Oerther (ala)
-Martin Strohmeier (K-Pone)
-
-<Administration>
+<Coordination>
 Tobias Zwick (Newton)

 <Special Thanks to Contributors>
-Contributors for OpenClonk 8.0: George Tokmaji (Fulgen), Martin Adam (Win), Merten Ehmig (pluto), Florian Graier (Nachtfalter), Philip Holzmann (Foaly), Dominik Bayerl (Kanibal), Linus Heckemann (sphalerite), Pyrit, Armin Schäfer, Tushar Maheshwari, jok, Tarte, Philip Kern (pkern), Arne Schauf (NativeException), Matthias Mailänder, marsmoon
-Previous contributors: Tim Blume, Sven-Hendrik Haase, Carl-Philip Hänsch (Carli), Jan Heberer, Benjamin Herr (Loriel), Lauri Niskanen (Ape), Johannes Nixdorf (mixi), Misty de Meo, Fabian Pietsch, Manuel Rieke (MrBeast), Felix Riese (Fungiform), Sebastian Rühl, Oliver Schneider (ker), Lorenz Schwittmann, Alexander Semeniuk (AlteredARMOR), Daniel Theuke (ST-DDT), Andriel, Apfelclonk, Asmageddon, Checkmaty, Clonkine, dylanstrategie, Faby, grgecko, Gurkenglas, hasufell, Koronis, mizipzor, Peewee, Russell, Stan, TomyLobo
-Also thanks to our Linux package maintainers Benedict Etzel (B_E), Linus Heckemann (sphalerite), Philip Kern (pkern), Matthias Mailänder, Julian Ospald (hasufell), Kevin Zheng, and more
-Finally, a big thanks to Matthes Bender and all those who contributed to previous Clonk titles for the passion they put into the game and for agreeing to make Clonk open source.
+Benjamin Herr (Loriel), Benedict Etzel (B_E), Oliver Schneider (ker), Philipp Kern (pkern), Carl-Philip Hänsch (Carli), Manuel Rieke (MrBeast), Alexander Semeniuk (AlteredARMOR), Merten Ehmig (Pluto) Daniel Theuke (ST-DDT), Asmageddon, Faby, Russel, Peewee, Tim Blume (End), Andriel, Gurkenglas, Pyrit, Luchs, grgecko, Dominik Bayerl (Kannibal), Lauri Niskanen (Ape), Clonkine, Checkmaty, Sven-Hendrik Haase, Johannes Nixdorf (mixi), Stan, Koronis, mizipzor, Mark Haßelbusch (Marky), Sebastian Rühl and TomyLobo.
+ 
+Also, big thanks to RedWolf Design GmbH and all those who contributed to previous Clonk titles for the passion they put into the game and for agreeing to make Clonk open source.
--- a/36
+++ b/36
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 Requirements
 ============
 You should be able to build OpenClonk with any C++ compiler that supports
-ISO C++14. That said, on Windows, we recommend using Microsoft Visual C++
-2015 or higher; the Express edition will be sufficient. On Linux, you will
-be fine with GNU g++ 4.9 or later. Apple users should use a clang-based
+ISO C++11. That said, on Windows, we recommend using Microsoft Visual C++
+2010 or higher; the Express edition will be sufficient. On Linux, you will
+be fine with GNU g++ 4.6 or later. Apple users should use a clang-based
 XCode version.

 To generate project files for your chosen build system, you will also have to
@ -15,28 +15,34 @@ Additionally, OpenClonk depends on a number of third-party libraries:
  - libjpeg-turbo (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libjpeg-turbo/files/)
  - FreeType (http://www.freetype.org/)
  - The OpenGL Extension Wrangler Library (http://glew.sourceforge.net/)
-  - FreeALUT (https://github.com/vancegroup/freealut)
+  - FreeALUT (https://github.com/openclonk/freealut)
  - libogg and libvorbis (https://www.xiph.org/downloads/)
-  - Qt >= 5.7 (https://www.qt.io/download-open-source/)
+  - Boost (http://www.boost.org/users/download/)

 OS X Specific
 =============
-OpenClonk supports OS X versions 10.8 "Mountain Lion" and later.
+OpenClonk supports OS X versions 10.6 "Snow Leopard" and later. You can build
+universal binaries by setting CMAKE_OSX_ARCHITECTURES to "x86_64 i386", but
+you will of course need universal versions of the dependencies in that case.
 If you are using brew (https://github.com/mxcl/homebrew) or MacPorts
 (http://www.macports.org/), the packages you'll have to install are:
-    libjpeg, libpng, freetype, glew, libogg, libvorbis
+    libjpeg, libpng, freetype, glew, libogg, libvorbis, boost

 Linux Specific
 ==============
 For building OpenClonk on Linux, you need the following libraries in addition
 to the ones listed above:
-  - SDL 2.0 (https://www.libsdl.org/download-2.0.php)
-  - libGL (http://www.mesa3d.org/)
-  - OpenAL Soft >= 1.13 (https://github.com/kcat/openal-soft)
-  - miniupnpc (http://miniupnp.free.fr/)
-  - libxrandr
+  - libxpm
+  - libGL
+  - SDL 1.2 (http://www.libsdl.org/download-1.2.php)
+  - SDL_mixer 1.2 (http://www.libsdl.org/projects/SDL_mixer/release-1.2.html)
 Most distributions should provide these dependencies via their packaging
-system. At least gcc-4.9 is required.
+system. For Debian based distributions, you will need these packages:
+    build-essential cmake libx11-dev libxxf86vm-dev libxrandr-dev libxpm-dev
+    libglew-dev libgl1-mesa-dev libpng12-dev libsdl1.2-dev
+    libsdl-mixer1.2-dev libgtk2.0-dev libjpeg8-dev zlib1g-dev libboost-dev
+(This list was compiled on Debian 7.0 "Wheezy". More recent distributions may
+provide packages with a higher version number.)

 Windows Specific
 ================
@ -44,4 +50,6 @@ In addition to the libraries above, you will need one more if you want to
 target Windows:
  - OpenAL Soft (http://kcat.strangesoft.net/openal.html)
 To create an installer, you will also need the Nullsoft Install System
-(http://nsis.sourceforge.net/). To create the installer, build the "setup" target.
+(http://nsis.sourceforge.net/). makensis needs to be in the PATH, and
+the DLLs used by openclonk must be in the build directory. To create the
+installer, build the "setup" target.
--- a/18
+++ b/18
@ -1,16 +1,14 @@
+Clonk Trademark License
+
 'Clonk' is a registered trademark of Matthes Bender. It may be used within
-software products which are using source code or game content as made public
-on the Clonk website (or derived from such) with the following limitations:
+software products which are using source code from the OpenClonk project
+with the following limitations:

 If the word 'Clonk' is used as the name of anything in your software product
 then you must include the following notice in a suitable place (e.g. credits
-screen): 'Clonk' is a registered trademark of Matthes Bender.
+screen): "Clonk" is a registered trademark of Matthes Bender.

 If the title of your software product contains the word 'Clonk' then you must
-PREFIX the word with an added name of your choosing, e.g. 'MyClonk' or
-'PortableClonk' and you must include the trademark notice above in a suitable
-place (e.g. credits screen or splash screen).
-
-If you are making your source code or game content available to other parties
-in a way which allows adaptation you must include a copy of this license along
-with any other applicable licenses.
+prefix the word with an added name of your choosing, e.g. 'MyClonk' or
+'PortableClonk' and you must subtitle your project with the term 'An OpenClonk
+project'.
--- a/Version.txt
+++ b/Version.txt
@ -1,15 +1,3 @@
-# OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2009-2018, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
-#
-# Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
-# "COPYING" for details.
-#
-# "Clonk" is a registered trademark of Matthes Bender, used with permission.
-# See accompanying file "TRADEMARK" for details.
-#
-# To redistribute this file separately, substitute the full license texts
-# for the above references.

 ############################################################################
 # Project version information
@ -21,10 +9,69 @@ SET(C4PROJECT_TLD       "org")
 SET(C4PROJECT_URL       "http://${C4PROJECT_DOMAIN}.${C4PROJECT_TLD}")
 SET(C4ENGINENAME        "OpenClonk")
 SET(C4ENGINENICK        "openclonk")
+SET(C4ENGINEID          "${C4PROJECT_TLD}.${C4PROJECT_DOMAIN}.${C4ENGINENICK}")

-SET(C4XVER1             9)
-SET(C4XVER2             0)
+SET(C4XVER1             5)
+SET(C4XVER2             4)
+SET(C4XVER3             0)

-# Set this variable to any string for pre-release versions, like "alpha" or
-# "rc1". Don't supply a value (FALSE) for release versions.
-SET(C4VERSIONEXTRA      "alpha")
+# C4VERSIONBUILDNAME should be witty and somewhat frequently changing
+# for alpha and beta releases, and meaningful and stable for stable releases.
+# Both variables need to start with a space if they aren't empty.
+SET(C4VERSIONBUILDNAME  " Beyond the Rocks")
+SET(C4VERSIONEXTRA      "")
+
+############################################################################
+# Get revision from Git
+############################################################################
+include(GitGetChangesetID)
+git_get_changeset_id(C4REVISION)
+
+############################################################################
+# Get year
+############################################################################
+
+IF(CMAKE_HOST_UNIX)
+	EXECUTE_PROCESS(COMMAND "date" "+%Y" OUTPUT_VARIABLE DATE)
+ELSEIF(CMAKE_HOST_WIN32)
+	EXECUTE_PROCESS(COMMAND "cscript.exe" "//nologo" "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/tools/get_current_year.vbs" OUTPUT_VARIABLE DATE)
+ENDIF()
+STRING(REGEX REPLACE "(.+)\n" "\\1" YEARFIXED "${DATE}")
+SET(C4COPYRIGHT_YEAR ${YEARFIXED})
+
+############################################################################
+# Build version strings
+############################################################################
+
+SET(C4ENGINECAPTION     "${C4ENGINENAME}{$C4VERSIONBUILDNAME}")
+set(C4ENGINEINFO        "${C4ENGINENAME}")
+
+set(C4VERSION           "${C4XVER1}.${C4XVER2}.${C4XVER3}")
+
+if(C4XVER4 LESS 10)
+	set(C4VERSION       "${C4VERSION} [00${C4XVER4}]")
+elseif(C4XVERBUILD LESS 100)
+	set(C4VERSION       "${C4VERSION} [0${C4XVER4}]")
+else()
+	set(C4VERSION       "${C4VERSION} [${C4XVER4}]")
+endif()
+
+if(NOT ${C4VERSIONEXTRA} STREQUAL "")
+	set(C4ENGINEINFO    "${C4ENGINENAME} ${C4VERSIONEXTRA}")
+	set(C4VERSION       "${C4VERSION} ${C4VERSIONEXTRA}")
+endif()
+
+if(WIN32)
+	set(C4VERSION       "${C4VERSION} win")
+elseif(APPLE)
+	set(C4VERSION       "${C4VERSION} mac")
+elseif(UNIX)
+	set(C4VERSION       "${C4VERSION} unix")
+else()
+	set(C4VERSION       "${C4VERSION} strange")
+endif()
+
+configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/C4Version.h.in ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/C4Version.h ESCAPE_QUOTES)
+if(WIN32)
+	configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/res/WindowsGamesExplorer.xml.in ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/WindowsGamesExplorer.xml ESCAPE_QUOTES)
+endif()
--- a/appveyor.yml
+++ b/appveyor.yml
@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-version: "{build}"
-pull_requests:
-  do_not_increment_build_number: true
-shallow_clone: true
-
-cache: ..\openclonk-cache
-
-image: Visual Studio 2017
-configuration: RelWithDebInfo
-platform:
-  - x64
-
-install:
-  - ps: "& $env:APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER\\tools\\ci\\appv-Install.ps1"
-before_build:
-  - ps: "& $env:APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER\\tools\\ci\\appv-BeforeBuild.ps1"
-build:
-  project: ../openclonk-build/openclonk.sln
-  parallel: true
-  verbosity: minimal
-
-# The after_build and test_script scripts need to be called in a real
-# powershell instance because they call into the MSBuild API, which has issues
-# finding its data files when called from AppVeyor's powershell host, because
-# it attempts to read the application config instead of the registry to find
-# them (starting with MSBuild 15, which ships with Visual Studio 2017).
-after_build:
-  - cmd: powershell -NoLogo -NoProfile -ExecutionPolicy Unrestricted -Command "& $env:APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER\\tools\\ci\\appv-AfterBuild.ps1"
-test_script:
-  - cmd: powershell -NoLogo -NoProfile -ExecutionPolicy Unrestricted -Command "& $env:APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER\\tools\\ci\\appv-Test.ps1"
-
-deploy: off
--- a/cmake/CheckIncludeFilesCXX.cmake
+++ b/cmake/CheckIncludeFilesCXX.cmake
@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-# - Check if the files can be included
-#
-# CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES_CXX(INCLUDE VARIABLE)
-#
-#  INCLUDE  - list of files to include
-#  VARIABLE - variable to return result
-#
-# The following variables may be set before calling this macro to
-# modify the way the check is run:
-#
-#  CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
-#  CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
-#  CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES = list of include directories
-
-#=============================================================================
-# Copyright 2003-2012 Kitware, Inc.
-#
-# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-# are met:
-# 
-# * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-#   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-# 
-# * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-#   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-#   documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-# 
-# * Neither the names of Kitware, Inc., the Insight Software Consortium,
-#   nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote
-#   products derived from this software without specific prior written
-#   permission.
-# 
-# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
-# "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
-# LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-# A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
-# HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
-# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
-# LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
-# DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
-# THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
-# (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-# OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-#=============================================================================
-
-macro(CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES_CXX INCLUDE VARIABLE)
-  if(NOT DEFINED "${VARIABLE}")
-    set(CMAKE_CONFIGURABLE_FILE_CONTENT "/* */\n")
-    if(CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES)
-      set(CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES_INCLUDE_DIRS "-DINCLUDE_DIRECTORIES=${CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES}")
-    else()
-      set(CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-    endif()
-    set(CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES_CONTENT "/* */\n")
-    set(MACRO_CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES_FLAGS ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS})
-    foreach(FILE ${INCLUDE})
-      set(CMAKE_CONFIGURABLE_FILE_CONTENT
-        "${CMAKE_CONFIGURABLE_FILE_CONTENT}#include <${FILE}>\n")
-    endforeach()
-    set(CMAKE_CONFIGURABLE_FILE_CONTENT
-      "${CMAKE_CONFIGURABLE_FILE_CONTENT}\n\nint main(){return 0;}\n")
-    configure_file("${CMAKE_ROOT}/Modules/CMakeConfigurableFile.in"
-      "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}${CMAKE_FILES_DIRECTORY}/CMakeTmp/CheckIncludeFiles.cxx" @ONLY IMMEDIATE)
-
-    set(_INCLUDE ${INCLUDE}) # remove empty elements
-    if("${_INCLUDE}" MATCHES "^([^;]+);.+;([^;]+)$")
-      list(LENGTH _INCLUDE _INCLUDE_LEN)
-      set(_description "${_INCLUDE_LEN} C++ include files ${CMAKE_MATCH_1}, ..., ${CMAKE_MATCH_2}")
-    elseif("${_INCLUDE}" MATCHES "^([^;]+);([^;]+)$")
-      set(_description "C++ include files ${CMAKE_MATCH_1}, ${CMAKE_MATCH_2}")
-    else()
-      set(_description "C++ include file ${_INCLUDE}")
-    endif()
-
-    message(STATUS "Looking for ${_description}")
-    try_compile(${VARIABLE}
-      ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}
-      ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}${CMAKE_FILES_DIRECTORY}/CMakeTmp/CheckIncludeFiles.cxx
-      COMPILE_DEFINITIONS ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS}
-      CMAKE_FLAGS
-      -DCOMPILE_DEFINITIONS:STRING=${MACRO_CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES_FLAGS}
-      "${CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES_INCLUDE_DIRS}"
-      OUTPUT_VARIABLE OUTPUT)
-    if(${VARIABLE})
-      message(STATUS "Looking for ${_description} - found")
-      set(${VARIABLE} 1 CACHE INTERNAL "Have include ${INCLUDE}")
-      file(APPEND ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}${CMAKE_FILES_DIRECTORY}/CMakeOutput.log
-        "Determining if C++ files ${INCLUDE} "
-        "exist passed with the following output:\n"
-        "${OUTPUT}\n\n")
-    else()
-      message(STATUS "Looking for ${_description} - not found")
-      set(${VARIABLE} "" CACHE INTERNAL "Have includes ${INCLUDE}")
-      file(APPEND ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}${CMAKE_FILES_DIRECTORY}/CMakeError.log
-        "Determining if C++ files ${INCLUDE} "
-        "exist failed with the following output:\n"
-        "${OUTPUT}\nSource:\n${CMAKE_CONFIGURABLE_FILE_CONTENT}\n")
-    endif()
-  endif()
-endmacro()
--- a/cmake/DeployQt.cmake
+++ b/cmake/DeployQt.cmake
@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-# The MIT License (MIT)
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2018 Nathan Osman
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-# in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-# to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-# copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-# LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-# OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
-# SOFTWARE.
-
-find_package(Qt5Core REQUIRED)
-
-# Retrieve the absolute path to qmake and then use that path to find
-# the windeployqt and macdeployqt binaries
-get_target_property(_qmake_executable Qt5::qmake IMPORTED_LOCATION)
-get_filename_component(_qt_bin_dir "${_qmake_executable}" DIRECTORY)
-
-find_program(WINDEPLOYQT_EXECUTABLE windeployqt HINTS "${_qt_bin_dir}")
-if(WIN32 AND NOT WINDEPLOYQT_EXECUTABLE)
-    message(FATAL_ERROR "windeployqt not found")
-endif()
-
-find_program(MACDEPLOYQT_EXECUTABLE macdeployqt HINTS "${_qt_bin_dir}")
-if(APPLE AND NOT MACDEPLOYQT_EXECUTABLE)
-    message(FATAL_ERROR "macdeployqt not found")
-endif()
-
-# Add commands that copy the required Qt files to the same directory as the
-# target after being built as well as including them in final installation
-function(windeployqt target)
-
-    # Run windeployqt immediately after build
-    add_custom_command(TARGET ${target} POST_BUILD
-            COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E
-            env PATH="${_qt_bin_dir}" "${WINDEPLOYQT_EXECUTABLE}"
-                --verbose 0
-                --no-compiler-runtime
-                --no-angle
-                --release-with-debug-info
-                --no-translations
-                \"$<TARGET_FILE:${target}>\"
-        COMMENT "Deploying Qt..."
-    )
-
-    # windeployqt doesn't work correctly with the system runtime libraries,
-    # so we fall back to one of CMake's own modules for copying them over
-
-    # Doing this with MSVC 2015 requires CMake 3.6+
-    if((MSVC_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 1900 OR MSVC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 1900)
-            AND CMAKE_VERSION VERSION_LESS "3.6")
-        message(WARNING "Deploying with MSVC 2015+ requires CMake 3.6+")
-    endif()
-
-    set(CMAKE_INSTALL_UCRT_LIBRARIES TRUE)
-    include(InstallRequiredSystemLibraries)
-    foreach(lib ${CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS})
-        get_filename_component(filename "${lib}" NAME)
-        add_custom_command(TARGET ${target} POST_BUILD
-            COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E
-                copy_if_different "${lib}" \"$<TARGET_FILE_DIR:${target}>\"
-            COMMENT "Copying ${filename}..."
-        )
-    endforeach()
-endfunction()
-
-# Add commands that copy the required Qt files to the application bundle
-# represented by the target.
-function(macdeployqt target)
-    add_custom_command(TARGET ${target} POST_BUILD
-        COMMAND "${MACDEPLOYQT_EXECUTABLE}"
-            \"$<TARGET_FILE_DIR:${target}>/../..\"
-            -always-overwrite
-        COMMENT "Deploying Qt..."
-    )
-endfunction()
-
-mark_as_advanced(WINDEPLOYQT_EXECUTABLE MACDEPLOYQT_EXECUTABLE)
--- a/cmake/FindAudio.cmake
+++ b/cmake/FindAudio.cmake
@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-# OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2009-2016, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
-#
-# Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
-# "COPYING" for details.
-#
-# "Clonk" is a registered trademark of Matthes Bender, used with permission.
-# See accompanying file "TRADEMARK" for details.
-#
-# To redistribute this file separately, substitute the full license texts
-# for the above references.
-
-# This module chooses an audio provider for use in OpenClonk.
-
-macro(__FINDAUDIO_FINDOPENAL)
-	set(HAVE_ALEXT FALSE)
-	find_package(PkgConfig QUIET)
-	if(PKG_CONFIG_FOUND AND NOT(APPLE))
-		pkg_check_modules(OpenAL "openal>=1.13")
-		# OpenAL pkg-config data before 1.15 doesn't have .../AL in the include
-		# path. But we don't want to have to specify <AL/al.h> because some
-		# systems use <OpenAL/al.h>. So let's see if we find al.h in the list
-		# of directories that pkg_check_modules returned, and if not, add it to
-		# the include path.
-		if (OpenAL_FOUND)
-			# OpenAL pkg-config data always includes alext.h
-			set(HAVE_ALEXT TRUE)
-			find_path(__findaudio_al_h NAMES al.h PATHS ${OpenAL_INCLUDE_DIRS})
-			if (NOT __findaudio_al_h)
-				find_path(__findaudio_al_h NAMES al.h PATHS ${OpenAL_INCLUDE_DIRS} PATH_SUFFIXES OpenAL AL)
-				if (__findaudio_al_h)
-					list(APPEND __findaudio_al_h ${OpenAL_INCLUDE_DIRS})
-					set(OpenAL_INCLUDE_DIRS "${__findaudio_al_h}" CACHE INTERNAL "")
-				endif()
-			endif()
-		endif()
-
-		pkg_check_modules(Alut "freealut>=1.1.0")
-		pkg_check_modules(OggVorbis "vorbisfile>=1.3.2" "vorbis>=1.3.2" "ogg>=1.2.2")
-	else()
-		if(MSVC OR APPLE)
-			# We need OpenAL preferably with alext.h.
-			find_path(OpenALExt_INCLUDE_DIRS alext.h PATH_SUFFIXES include/AL include/OpenAL include OpenAL)
-			if(OpenALExt_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-				set(HAVE_ALEXT TRUE)
-				set(OpenAL_INCLUDE_DIRS ${OpenALExt_INCLUDE_DIRS})
-			else()
-				set(HAVE_ALEXT FALSE)
-				# Maybe only al.h can be found without alext.h?
-				find_path(OpenAL_INCLUDE_DIRS al.h PATH_SUFFIXES include/AL include/OpenAL include OpenAL)
-			endif()
-			find_path(Vorbis_INCLUDE_DIRS vorbis/codec.h vorbis/vorbisfile.h PATH_SUFFIXES include)
-			find_library(Ogg_LIBRARY NAMES libogg_static libogg ogg)
-			find_library(Vorbis_LIBRARY NAMES libvorbis_static libvorbis vorbis)
-			find_library(Vorbisfile_LIBRARY NAMES libvorbisfile_static libvorbisfile vorbisfile)
-			if(OpenAL_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-				set(OpenAL_FOUND TRUE)
-			endif()
-			if(Vorbis_INCLUDE_DIRS AND Ogg_LIBRARY AND Vorbis_LIBRARY AND Vorbisfile_LIBRARY)
-				set(OggVorbis_FOUND TRUE)
-				set(OggVorbis_LIBRARIES ${Vorbisfile_LIBRARY} ${Vorbis_LIBRARY} ${Ogg_LIBRARY})
-				set(OggVorbis_INCLUDE_DIRS(${Vorbis_INCLUDE_DIRS}))
-			endif()
-			find_path(Alut_INCLUDE_DIRS alut.h PATH_SUFFIXES include/AL include/OpenAL include)
-			find_library(Alut_LIBRARY NAMES alut_static alut)
-			if (MSVC)
-				if(${FIND_LIBRARY_USE_LIB64_PATHS})
-					find_library(OpenAL_LIBRARIES NAMES OpenAL64)
-				else()
-					find_library(OpenAL_LIBRARIES NAMES OpenAL32)
-				endif()
-				if(NOT OpenAL_LIBRARIES)
-					set(OpenAL_FOUND FALSE)
-				endif()
-			endif()
-			if(Alut_INCLUDE_DIRS AND Alut_LIBRARY)
-				set(Alut_FOUND TRUE)
-				set(Alut_LIBRARIES ${Alut_LIBRARY})
-			endif()
-		endif()
-	endif()
-endmacro()
-
-if(Audio_TK)
-	# Already chosen, don't do anything
-else()
-	# Test for OpenAL
-	__FINDAUDIO_FINDOPENAL()
-	find_package(SDL2Mixer)
-
-	if(OpenAL_FOUND AND Alut_FOUND AND OggVorbis_FOUND)
-		# Prefer OpenAL
-		set(Audio_TK "OpenAL")
-		if (NOT HAVE_ALEXT)
-			message(STATUS "Warning: Found OpenAL but no extensions (alext.h). Sound modifiers will be disabled.")
-		endif()
-	elseif(SDL2Mixer_FOUND)
-		set(Audio_TK "SDL_Mixer")
-	endif()
-endif()
-
-# Search for the libraries again. If the provider was selected automatically, this will be
-# answered from cache; otherwise (because the user manually selected a provider) it will
-# make sure the provider is available.
-if(Audio_TK STREQUAL "OpenAL")
-	__FINDAUDIO_FINDOPENAL()
-	if(OpenAL_FOUND AND (APPLE OR Alut_FOUND) AND OggVorbis_FOUND)
-		set(Audio_FOUND TRUE)
-		set(Audio_LIBRARIES ${OpenAL_LIBRARIES} ${OggVorbis_LIBRARIES})
-		set(Audio_INCLUDE_DIRS ${OpenAL_INCLUDE_DIRS} ${OggVorbis_INCLUDE_DIRS})
-		set(Audio_LIBRARIES ${Audio_LIBRARIES} ${Alut_LIBRARIES})
-		set(Audio_INCLUDE_DIRS ${Audio_INCLUDE_DIRS} ${Alut_INCLUDE_DIRS})
-	endif()
-elseif(Audio_TK STREQUAL "SDL_Mixer")
-	find_package(SDL2Mixer)
-	if(SDL2Mixer_FOUND)
-		set(Audio_FOUND TRUE)
-		set(Audio_LIBRARIES ${SDL2Mixer_LIBRARIES})
-		set(Audio_INCLUDE_DIRS ${SDL2Mixer_INCLUDE_DIRS})
-	endif()
-elseif(Audio_TK STREQUAL "none")
-	set(Audio_FOUND TRUE)
-	set(Audio_LIBRARIES "")
-	set(Audio_INCLUDE_DIRS "")
-endif()
-
-if(Audio_FOUND)
-	string(TOUPPER "${Audio_TK}" Audio_TK_UPPER)
-	if(NOT Audio_FIND_QUIETLY)
-		message(STATUS "Using Audio toolkit: ${Audio_TK}")
-	endif()
-elseif(Audio_TK)
-	message(FATAL_ERROR "User-requested audio provider not available.")
-else()
-	set(Audio_FOUND FALSE)
-	set(Audio_TK "none")
-	string(TOUPPER "${Audio_TK}" Audio_TK_UPPER)
-	set(Audio_LIBRARIES "")
-	set(Audio_INCLUDE_DIRS "")
-
-	if(Audio_FIND_REQUIRED)
-		message(FATAL_ERROR "No audio provider was found")
-	else()
-		message(STATUS "Not enabling audio output.")
-	endif()
-endif()
--- a/cmake/FindDbgHelp.cmake
+++ b/cmake/FindDbgHelp.cmake
@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
 #
-# Copyright (c) 2011-2017, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
+# Copyright (c) 2011-2013, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
 #
 # Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
 # "COPYING" for details.
@ -18,23 +18,12 @@
 #  DBGHELP_LIBRARIES, the libraries needed to use DbgHelp.
 #  DBGHELP_FOUND, If false, do not try to use DbgHelp.

-# MSVC knows how to find the Windows SDK on its own, and replicating that
-# in CMake is very tricky, especially with the SDK's layout changing
-# occasionally. So instead we'll just leave it to MSVC to do correctly.
-if(MSVC AND NOT DEFINED DBGHELP_INCLUDE_DIR AND NOT DEFINED DBGHELP_LIBRARY)
-	set(DBGHELP_INCLUDE_DIR "")
-	set(DBGHELP_LIBRARY "dbghelp")
-	set(DBGHELP_FOUND TRUE)
-endif()
+find_path(DBGHELP_INCLUDE_DIR NAMES dbghelp.h)
+set(DBGHELP_NAMES ${DBGHELP_NAMES} dbghelp)
+find_library(DBGHELP_LIBRARY NAMES ${DBGHELP_NAMES})

-if(NOT DBGHELP_FOUND)
-	find_path(DBGHELP_INCLUDE_DIR NAMES dbghelp.h PATH_SUFFIXES include)
-	set(DBGHELP_NAMES ${DBGHELP_NAMES} dbghelp)
-	find_library(DBGHELP_LIBRARY NAMES ${DBGHELP_NAMES})
-
-	include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
-	FIND_PACKAGE_HANDLE_STANDARD_ARGS(DBGHELP DEFAULT_MSG DBGHELP_LIBRARY DBGHELP_INCLUDE_DIR)
-endif()
+include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
+FIND_PACKAGE_HANDLE_STANDARD_ARGS(DBGHELP DEFAULT_MSG DBGHELP_LIBRARY DBGHELP_INCLUDE_DIR)

 if(DBGHELP_FOUND)
 	set(DBGHELP_LIBRARIES ${DBGHELP_LIBRARY})
--- a/cmake/FindFMod.cmake
+++ b/cmake/FindFMod.cmake
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011-2013, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
+#
+# Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
+# "COPYING" for details.
+#
+# "Clonk" is a registered trademark of Matthes Bender, used with permission.
+# See accompanying file "TRADEMARK" for details.
+#
+# To redistribute this file separately, substitute the full license texts
+# for the above references.
+
+# - Find FMod
+# Find the FMod library
+# This module defines
+#  FMOD_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find fmod.h, etc.
+#  FMOD_LIBRARIES, the libraries needed to use FMod.
+#  FMOD_FOUND, If false, do not try to use FMod.
+
+find_path(FMOD_INCLUDE_DIR fmod.h)
+
+if(CMAKE_CL_64)
+	if(MSVC)
+		set(FMOD_NAMES ${FMOD_NAMES} fmod64vc)
+	else()
+		set(FMOD_NAMES ${FMOD_NAMES} fmod64)
+	endif()
+else()
+	if(MSVC)
+		set(FMOD_NAMES ${FMOD_NAMES} fmodvc)
+	else()
+		set(FMOD_NAMES ${FMOD_NAMES} fmod)
+	endif()
+endif()
+find_library(FMOD_LIBRARY NAMES ${FMOD_NAMES})
+
+include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
+FIND_PACKAGE_HANDLE_STANDARD_ARGS(FMOD DEFAULT_MSG FMOD_LIBRARY FMOD_INCLUDE_DIR)
+
+if(FMOD_FOUND)
+	set(FMOD_LIBRARIES ${FMOD_LIBRARY})
+endif()
+
+mark_as_advanced(FMOD_LIBRARY FMOD_INCLUDE_DIR)
--- a/cmake/FindFreetype.cmake
+++ b/cmake/FindFreetype.cmake
@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
 #
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2016, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
+# Copyright (c) 2014, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
 #
 # Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
 # "COPYING" for details.
@ -21,6 +21,9 @@
 find_package(PkgConfig QUIET)
 if(PKG_CONFIG_FOUND)
 	set(_ft_pkgconfig_args "")
+	if(FREETYPE_FIND_REQUIRED)
+		set(_ft_pkgconfig_args "${_ft_pkgconfig_args}REQUIRED ")
+	endif()
 	if(FREETYPE_FIND_QUIET)
 		set(_ft_pkgconfig_args "${_ft_pkgconfig_args}QUIET ")
 	endif()
@ -35,9 +38,5 @@ if(PKG_CONFIG_FOUND)
 endif()

 if(NOT FREETYPE_FOUND)
-	# Fallback to system FindFreetype
-	set(_ft_module_path "${CMAKE_MODULE_PATH}")
-	unset(CMAKE_MODULE_PATH)
-	include(FindFreetype)
-	set(CMAKE_MODULE_PATH "${_ft_module_path}")
+	include(LegacyFindFreetype)
 endif()
--- a/cmake/FindGLEW.cmake
+++ b/cmake/FindGLEW.cmake
@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-# OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2015-2016, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
-#
-# Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
-# "COPYING" for details.
-#
-# "Clonk" is a registered trademark of Matthes Bender, used with permission.
-# See accompanying file "TRADEMARK" for details.
-#
-# To redistribute this file separately, substitute the full license texts
-# for the above references.
-
-# Locate GLEW.
-# This module defines
-#  GLEW_INCLUDE_DIRS - a list of directories that need to be added to the include path
-#  GLEW_LIBRARIES - a list of libraries to link against to use GLEW
-#  GLEW_DEFINITIONS - a list of compile-time macros that need to be defined to use GLEW
-#  GLEW_FOUND - if false, GLEW cannot be used
-
-find_path(GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR GL/glew.h PATH_SUFFIXES)
-mark_as_advanced(GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR)
-
-# Read GLEW version from header
-if (GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR AND EXISTS "${GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR}/GL/glew.h")
-	file(STRINGS "${GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR}/GL/glew.h" glew_version_str REGEX "^VERSION .+")
-	string(REGEX REPLACE "^VERSION (.+)" "\\1" GLEW_VERSION_STRING "${glew_version_str}")
-	unset(glew_version_str)
-endif()
-
-# On OS other than Windows, it doesn't matter whether we confuse the shared
-# library and the static one. On Windows, we need to #define GLEW_STATIC if
-# (and only if) we're linking against the static library. "glew32" may match
-# the static library on MinGW, so we have to test for that explicitly.
-find_library(GLEW_STATIC_LIBRARY glew32s)
-mark_as_advanced(GLEW_STATIC_LIBRARY)
-find_library(GLEW_SHARED_LIBRARY NAMES GLEW glew32)
-mark_as_advanced(GLEW_SHARED_LIBRARY)
-
-if (GLEW_SHARED_LIBRARY)
-	set(GLEW_LIBRARY "${GLEW_SHARED_LIBRARY}")
-	if (WIN32 AND MINGW AND GLEW_SHARED_LIBRARY MATCHES "\\.a$")
-		# not actually a shared library
-		set(GLEW_DEFINITIONS "-DGLEW_STATIC")
-	else()
-		set(GLEW_DEFINITIONS)
-	endif()
-elseif (GLEW_STATIC_LIBRARY)
-	set(GLEW_LIBRARY "${GLEW_STATIC_LIBRARY}")
-	set(GLEW_DEFINITIONS "-DGLEW_STATIC")
-endif()
-
-include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
-if (NOT "${CMAKE_VERSION}" VERSION_LESS "2.8.3")
-	find_package_handle_standard_args(GLEW VERSION_VAR GLEW_VERSION_STRING REQUIRED_VARS GLEW_LIBRARY GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR)
-else()
-	find_package_handle_standard_args(GLEW GLEW_LIBRARY GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR)
-endif()
-
-if (GLEW_FOUND)
-	set(GLEW_LIBRARIES "${GLEW_LIBRARY}")
-	set(GLEW_INCLUDE_DIRS "${GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR}")
-endif()
--- a/cmake/FindGTK3.cmake
+++ b/cmake/FindGTK3.cmake
@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-# OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2015-2016, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
-#
-# Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
-# "COPYING" for details.
-#
-# "Clonk" is a registered trademark of Matthes Bender, used with permission.
-# See accompanying file "TRADEMARK" for details.
-#
-# To redistribute this file separately, substitute the full license texts
-# for the above references.
-
-# Locate GTK3.
-# This module defines
-#  GTK3_INCLUDE_DIRS - a list of directories that need to be added to the include path
-#  GTK3_LIBRARIES - a list of libraries to link against to use GTK3
-#  GTK3_LIBRARY_DIRS - a list of library directories where the libraries above can be found
-#  GTK3_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS - a list of compiler flags that need to be set to use GTK3
-#  GTK3_FOUND - if false, GTK3 cannot be used
-#
-# FindGTK3 may optionally take a list of components that should also be located
-# and added to the library list. The following components are valid:
-#  gtksourceview - GtkSourceView 3.0
-#  gobject - Glib GObject 2.0
-#  gio - Glib GIO 2.0
-#  gthread
-#  glib - Glib 2.0
-#
-# If any of these components are requested, the following variables will be
-# defined with the same meaning as above:
-#  GTK3_<component>_INCLUDE_DIRS
-#  GTK3_<component>_LIBRARIES
-#  GTK3_<component>_FOUND
-
-if(GTK3_FIND_QUIETLY)
-	set(__GTK3_QUIET "QUIET")
-else()
-	set(__GTK3_QUIET)
-endif()
-
-include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
-
-if(NOT GTK3_FIND_COMPONENTS)
-	set(GTK3_FIND_COMPONENTS)
-endif()
-
-find_package(PkgConfig QUIET)
-if(PKG_CONFIG_FOUND)
-	# If pkg-config is available, defer to it
-	set(__GTK3_VERSION_CHECK)
-	if(GTK3_FIND_VERSION_EXACT)
-		set(__GTK3_VERSION_CHECK "=${GTK3_FIND_VERSION}")
-	elseif(GTK3_FIND_VERSION)
-		set(__GTK3_VERSION_CHECK ">=${GTK3_FIND_VERSION}")
-	endif()
-
-	pkg_check_modules(GTK3 ${__GTK3_QUIET} "gtk+-3.0${__GTK3_VERSION_CHECK}")
-
-	macro(__GTK3_HANDLE_COMPONENT __cname __cfullname)
-		if(__component STREQUAL "${__cname}")
-			pkg_check_modules(GTK3_${__cname} ${__GTK3_QUIET} "${__cfullname}")
-			if(GTK3_${__cname}_FOUND)
-				if(GTK3_LIBRARY_DIRS)
-					list(REMOVE_ITEM GTK3_${__cname}_LIBRARY_DIRS ${GTK3_LIBRARY_DIRS})
-				endif()
-				if(GTK3_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-					list(REMOVE_ITEM GTK3_${__cname}_INCLUDE_DIRS ${GTK3_INCLUDE_DIRS})
-				endif()
-				if(GTK3_FIND_REQUIRED_${__cname})
-					list(APPEND GTK3_LIBRARIES ${GTK3_${__cname}_LIBRARIES})
-					list(APPEND GTK3_INCLUDE_DIRS ${GTK3_${__cname}_INCLUDE_DIRS})
-				endif()
-			endif()
-		endif()
-	endmacro(__GTK3_HANDLE_COMPONENT)
-
-	foreach(__component ${GTK3_FIND_COMPONENTS})
-		__GTK3_HANDLE_COMPONENT(gtksourceview "gtksourceview-3.0")
-		__GTK3_HANDLE_COMPONENT(gobject "gobject-2.0")
-		__GTK3_HANDLE_COMPONENT(gio "gio-2.0")
-		__GTK3_HANDLE_COMPONENT(gthread "gthread-2.0")
-		__GTK3_HANDLE_COMPONENT(glib "glib-2.0")
-	endforeach()
-
-	set(GTK3_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS ${GTK3_CFLAGS_OTHER})
-
-	FIND_PACKAGE_HANDLE_STANDARD_ARGS(
-		GTK3
-		FOUND_VAR GTK3_FOUND
-		VERSION_VAR GTK3_VERSION
-		HANDLE_COMPONENTS
-		REQUIRED_VARS
-			GTK3_INCLUDE_DIRS GTK3_LIBRARIES
-	)
-else()
-	# Find all headers and libraries
-	find_path(GTK3_INCLUDE_DIR NAMES gtk/gtk.h PATH_SUFFIXES gtk-3.0)
-	find_library(GTK3_LIBRARY NAMES gtk-3.0)
-	mark_as_advanced(GTK3_INCLUDE_DIR GTK3_LIBRARY)
-
-	find_path(GTK3_GDK_INCLUDE_DIR NAMES gdk/gdk.h PATH_SUFFIXES gtk-3.0)
-	find_library(GTK3_GDK_LIBRARY NAMES gdk-3.0)
-	mark_as_advanced(GTK3_GDK_INCLUDE_DIR GTK3_GDK_LIBRARY)
-
-	find_path(GTK3_Glib_INCLUDE_DIR NAMES glib.h PATH_SUFFIXES glib-2.0)
-	find_library(GTK3_Glib_LIBRARY NAMES glib-2.0)
-	get_filename_component(__GTK3_Glib_LIBRARY_DIR "${GTK3_Glib_LIBRARY}" PATH)
-	find_path(GTK3_Glibconfig_INCLUDE_DIR
-		NAMES glibconfig.h
-		HINTS ${__GTK3_Glib_LIBRARY_DIR}
-		PATH_SUFFIXES glib-2.0/include
-	)
-	mark_as_advanced(GTK3_Glib_INCLUDE_DIR GTK3_Glibconfig_INCLUDE_DIR GTK3_Glib_LIBRARY)
-
-	find_path(GTK3_Atk_INCLUDE_DIR NAMES atk/atk.h PATH_SUFFIXES atk-1.0)
-	find_library(GTK3_Atk_LIBRARY NAMES atk-1.0)
-	mark_as_advanced(GTK3_Atk_INCLUDE_DIR GTK3_Atk_LIBRARY)
-
-	find_path(GTK3_Cairo_INCLUDE_DIR NAMES cairo.h)
-	find_library(GTK3_Cairo_LIBRARY NAMES cairo)
-	mark_as_advanced(GTK3_Cairo_INCLUDE_DIR GTK3_Cairo_LIBRARY)
-
-	find_path(GTK3_Pango_INCLUDE_DIR NAMES pango/pango.h PATH_SUFFIXES pango-1.0)
-	find_library(GTK3_Pango_LIBRARY NAMES pango-1.0)
-    find_library(GTK3_PangoCairo_LIBRARY NAMES pangocairo-1.0)
-	mark_as_advanced(GTK3_Pango_INCLUDE_DIR GTK3_Pango_LIBRARY GTK3_PangoCairo_LIBRARY)
-
-	find_path(GTK3_GDKPixbuf_INCLUDE_DIR NAMES gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.h PATH_SUFFIXES gdk-pixbuf-2.0)
-	find_library(GTK3_GDKPixbuf_LIBRARY NAMES gdk_pixbuf-2.0)
-	mark_as_advanced(GTK3_GDKPixbuf_INCLUDE_DIR GTK3_GDKPixbuf_LIBRARY)
-
-	set(__GTK3_REQUIRED_INCLUDE_DIRS
-		GTK3_INCLUDE_DIR
-		GTK3_GDK_INCLUDE_DIR
-		GTK3_Glib_INCLUDE_DIR GTK3_Glibconfig_INCLUDE_DIR
-		GTK3_Atk_INCLUDE_DIR
-		GTK3_Cairo_INCLUDE_DIR
-		GTK3_Pango_INCLUDE_DIR
-		GTK3_GDKPixbuf_INCLUDE_DIR
-	)
-	set(__GTK3_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
-		GTK3_LIBRARY
-		GTK3_GDK_LIBRARY
-		GTK3_Glib_LIBRARY
-		GTK3_Atk_LIBRARY
-		GTK3_Cairo_LIBRARY
-		GTK3_Pango_LIBRARY GTK3_PangoCairo_LIBRARY
-		GTK3_GDKPixbuf_LIBRARY
-	)
-
-	set(__GTK3_COMPONENT_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-	set(__GTK3_COMPONENT_LIBRARIES)
-	macro(__GTK3_HANDLE_COMPONENT __cname __cheader __csuffixes __clibrary)
-		if(__component STREQUAL "${__cname}")
-			find_path(GTK3_${__cname}_INCLUDE_DIR NAMES ${__cheader} PATH_SUFFIXES ${__csuffixes})
-			find_library(GTK3_${__cname}_LIBRARY NAMES ${__clibrary})
-			mark_as_advanced(GTK3_${__cname}_INCLUDE_DIR GTK3_${__cname}_LIBRARY)
-			if(GTK3_${__cname}_INCLUDE_DIR AND GTK3_${__cname}_LIBRARY)
-				set(GTK3_${__cname}_FOUND TRUE)
-				set(GTK3_${__cname}_INCLUDE_DIRS ${GTK3_${__cname}_INCLUDE_DIR})
-				set(GTK3_${__cname}_LIBRARIES ${GTK3_${__cname}_LIBRARY})
-				if(GTK3_FIND_REQUIRED_${__cname})
-					list(APPEND __GTK3_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES GTK3_${__cname}_LIBRARY)
-					list(APPEND __GTK3_REQUIRED_INCLUDE_DIRS GTK3_${__cname}_INCLUDE_DIR)
-				endif()
-			endif()
-		endif()
-	endmacro(__GTK3_HANDLE_COMPONENT)
-	foreach(__component ${GTK3_FIND_COMPONENTS})
-		__GTK3_HANDLE_COMPONENT(gtksourceview gtksourceview/gtksourceview.h gtksourceview-3.0 gtksourceview-3.0)
-		__GTK3_HANDLE_COMPONENT(gobject gobject/gobject.h glib-2.0 gobject-2.0)
-		__GTK3_HANDLE_COMPONENT(gio gio/gio.h glib-2.0 gio-2.0)
-		__GTK3_HANDLE_COMPONENT(gthread glib/gthread.h glib-2.0 gthread-2.0)
-		__GTK3_HANDLE_COMPONENT(glib glib.h glib-2.0 glib-2.0)
-	endforeach()
-
-	# Parse version from GTK3 header
-	if(GTK3_INCLUDE_DIR)
-		file(READ "${GTK3_INCLUDE_DIR}/gtk/gtkversion.h" _gtk_header)
-		string(REGEX REPLACE ".*#define GTK_MAJOR_VERSION \\(([0-9]+)\\).*" "\\1" __GTK3_MAJOR_VER "${_gtk_header}")
-		string(REGEX REPLACE ".*#define GTK_MINOR_VERSION \\(([0-9]+)\\).*" "\\1" __GTK3_MINOR_VER "${_gtk_header}")
-		string(REGEX REPLACE ".*#define GTK_MICRO_VERSION \\(([0-9]+)\\).*" "\\1" __GTK3_MICRO_VER "${_gtk_header}")
-
-		set(GTK3_VERSION "${__GTK3_MAJOR_VER}.${__GTK3_MINOR_VER}.${__GTK3_MICRO_VER}")
-		unset(__GTK3_MICRO_VER)
-		unset(__GTK3_MINOR_VER)
-		unset(__GTK3_MAJOR_VER)
-		unset(_gtk_header)
-	endif()
-
-	FIND_PACKAGE_HANDLE_STANDARD_ARGS(
-		GTK3
-		FOUND_VAR GTK3_FOUND
-		VERSION_VAR GTK3_VERSION
-		HANDLE_COMPONENTS
-		REQUIRED_VARS
-			${__GTK3_REQUIRED_INCLUDE_DIRS} ${__GTK3_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES}
-	)
-	if(GTK3_FOUND)
-		set(GTK3_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-		foreach(__dir ${__GTK3_REQUIRED_INCLUDE_DIRS})
-			list(APPEND GTK3_INCLUDE_DIRS "${${__dir}}")
-		endforeach()
-		set(GTK3_LIBRARIES)
-		foreach(__lib ${__GTK3_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES})
-			list(APPEND GTK3_LIBRARIES "${${__lib}}")
-		endforeach()
-		list(REMOVE_DUPLICATES GTK3_LIBRARIES)
-		list(REMOVE_DUPLICATES GTK3_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-		set(GTK3_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS)
-		set(GTK3_LIBRARY_DIRS)
-	endif()
-
-	unset(__GTK3_REQUIRED_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-	unset(__GTK3_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES)
-endif()
-
-if(NOT GTK3_FOUND)
-    unset(GTK3_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-    unset(GTK3_LIBRARIES)
-endif()
--- a/cmake/FindReadline.cmake
+++ b/cmake/FindReadline.cmake
@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
 #
-# Copyright (c) 2011-2016, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
+# Copyright (c) 2011-2013, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
 #
 # Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
 # "COPYING" for details.
@ -24,14 +24,7 @@ IF (READLINE_INCLUDE_DIR)
 	SET(READLINE_FIND_QUIETLY TRUE)
 ENDIF (READLINE_INCLUDE_DIR)

-FIND_PATH(READLINE_INCLUDE_DIR readline.h PATH_SUFFIXES readline)
-
-# Unmodified readline depends on symbols from termcap without explicitly
-# linking to it. Several distributions patch this to make it link against
-# terminfo from ncurses or another termcap library, but some don't. To avoid
-# having to run link tests, we'll just look for and use any termcap providing
-# library.
-FIND_LIBRARY(TERMCAP_LIBRARY NAMES tinfo termcap ncursesw ncurses cursesw curses)
+FIND_PATH(READLINE_INCLUDE_DIR readline.h)

 SET(READLINE_NAMES readline libreadline)
 FIND_LIBRARY(READLINE_LIBRARY NAMES ${READLINE_NAMES} )
@ -42,13 +35,10 @@ INCLUDE(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
 FIND_PACKAGE_HANDLE_STANDARD_ARGS(READLINE DEFAULT_MSG READLINE_LIBRARY READLINE_INCLUDE_DIR)

 IF(READLINE_FOUND)
-	if(TERMCAP_LIBRARY)
-		set(READLINE_LIBRARIES ${READLINE_LIBRARY} ${TERMCAP_LIBRARY})
-	else()
-		set(READLINE_LIBRARIES ${READLINE_LIBRARY})
-	endif()
+	SET( READLINE_LIBRARIES ${READLINE_LIBRARY} )
 ELSE(READLINE_FOUND)
 	SET( READLINE_LIBRARIES )
 ENDIF(READLINE_FOUND)
 	
-MARK_AS_ADVANCED( READLINE_LIBRARY TERMINFO_LIBRARY READLINE_INCLUDE_DIR )
+MARK_AS_ADVANCED( READLINE_LIBRARY READLINE_INCLUDE_DIR )
+
--- a/cmake/FindSDL2.cmake
+++ b/cmake/FindSDL2.cmake
@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-# OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2016, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
-#
-# Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
-# "COPYING" for details.
-#
-# "Clonk" is a registered trademark of Matthes Bender, used with permission.
-# See accompanying file "TRADEMARK" for details.
-#
-# To redistribute this file separately, substitute the full license texts
-# for the above references.
-
-# Locate SDL2.
-# This module defines
-#  SDL2_INCLUDE_DIRS - a list of directories that need to be added to the include path
-#  SDL2_LIBRARIES - a list of libraries to link against to use SDL2
-#  SDL2_FOUND - if false, SDL2 cannot be used
-
-find_path(SDL2_INCLUDE_DIR SDL.h 
-	HINTS 
-	$ENV{SDL2DIR}
-	PATH_SUFFIXES SDL2 include
-)
-mark_as_advanced(SDL2_INCLUDE_DIR)
-
-find_library(SDL2_LIBRARY 
-	SDL2 
-	HINTS 
-	$ENV{SDL2DIR}
-	PATH_SUFFIXES lib
-)
-mark_as_advanced(SDL2_LIBRARY)
-
-include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
-find_package_handle_standard_args(SDL2 REQUIRED_VARS SDL2_LIBRARY SDL2_INCLUDE_DIR)
-
-if (SDL2_FOUND)
-	set(SDL2_LIBRARIES "${SDL2_LIBRARY}")
-	set(SDL2_INCLUDE_DIRS "${SDL2_INCLUDE_DIR}")
-endif()
--- a/cmake/FindSDL2Mixer.cmake
+++ b/cmake/FindSDL2Mixer.cmake
@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-# OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2016, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
-#
-# Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
-# "COPYING" for details.
-#
-# "Clonk" is a registered trademark of Matthes Bender, used with permission.
-# See accompanying file "TRADEMARK" for details.
-#
-# To redistribute this file separately, substitute the full license texts
-# for the above references.
-
-# Locate SDL_Mixer 2.
-# This module defines
-#  SDL2Mixer_INCLUDE_DIRS - a list of directories that need to be added to the include path
-#  SDL2Mixer_LIBRARIES - a list of libraries to link against to use SDL2
-#  SDL2Mixer_FOUND - if false, SDL2 cannot be used
-
-if(SDL2Mixer_FIND_QUIETLY)
-  set(_FIND_SDL2_ARG QUIET)
-endif()
-
-find_package(SDL2 ${_FIND_SDL2_ARG})
-find_path(SDL2Mixer_INCLUDE_DIR SDL_mixer.h PATH_SUFFIXES SDL2 HINTS ENV SDL2DIR)
-mark_as_advanced(SDL2Mixer_INCLUDE_DIR)
-find_library(SDL2Mixer_LIBRARY SDL2_mixer HINTS ENV SDL2DIR)
-mark_as_advanced(SDL2Mixer_LIBRARY)
-
-include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
-find_package_handle_standard_args(SDL2Mixer REQUIRED_VARS SDL2Mixer_LIBRARY SDL2Mixer_INCLUDE_DIR
-                                                          SDL2_LIBRARIES SDL2_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-
-if (SDL2Mixer_FOUND)
-	set(SDL2Mixer_LIBRARIES ${SDL2Mixer_LIBRARY} ${SDL2_LIBRARIES})
-	set(SDL2Mixer_INCLUDE_DIRS ${SDL2Mixer_INCLUDE_DIR} ${SDL2_INCLUDE_DIRS})
-endif()
--- a/cmake/FindTinyXML.cmake
+++ b/cmake/FindTinyXML.cmake
@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-##################################################################################################
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2013, Open Source Robotics Foundation
-# All rights reserved.
-# 
-# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-# are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-# 
-#   Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
-#   list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-# 
-#   Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
-#   list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
-#   other materials provided with the distribution.
-# 
-#   Neither the name of the {organization} nor the names of its
-#   contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
-#   this software without specific prior written permission.
-# 
-# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
-# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
-# WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-# DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
-# ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
-# (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
-# LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
-# ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
-# (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
-# SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-#
-##################################################################################################
-
-# CMake script for finding TinyXML.
-# 
-# Input variables:
-# 
-# - TinyXML_ROOT_DIR (optional): When specified, header files and libraries will be searched for in
-#     ${TinyXML_ROOT_DIR}/include
-#     ${TinyXML_ROOT_DIR}/libs
-#   respectively, and the default CMake search order will be ignored. When unspecified, the default
-#   CMake search order is used.
-#   This variable can be specified either as a CMake or environment variable. If both are set,
-#   preference is given to the CMake variable.
-#   Use this variable for finding packages installed in a nonstandard location, or for enforcing
-#   that one of multiple package installations is picked up.
-# 
-# 
-# Cache variables (not intended to be used in CMakeLists.txt files)
-# 
-# - TinyXML_INCLUDE_DIR: Absolute path to package headers.
-# - TinyXML_LIBRARY: Absolute path to library.
-# 
-# 
-# Output variables:
-# 
-# - TinyXML_FOUND: Boolean that indicates if the package was found
-# - TinyXML_INCLUDE_DIRS: Paths to the necessary header files
-# - TinyXML_LIBRARIES: Package libraries
-# 
-# 
-# Example usage:
-# 
-#  find_package(TinyXML)
-#  if(NOT TinyXML_FOUND)
-#    # Error handling
-#  endif()
-#  ...
-#  include_directories(${TinyXML_INCLUDE_DIRS} ...)
-#  ...
-#  target_link_libraries(my_target ${TinyXML_LIBRARIES})
-# 
-##################################################################################################
-
-# Get package location hint from environment variable (if any)
-if(NOT TinyXML_ROOT_DIR AND DEFINED ENV{TinyXML_ROOT_DIR})
-  set(TinyXML_ROOT_DIR "$ENV{TinyXML_ROOT_DIR}" CACHE PATH
-      "TinyXML base directory location (optional, used for nonstandard installation paths)")
-endif()
-
-# Search path for nonstandard package locations
-if(TinyXML_ROOT_DIR)
-  set(TinyXML_INCLUDE_PATH PATHS "${TinyXML_ROOT_DIR}/include" NO_DEFAULT_PATH)
-  set(TinyXML_LIBRARY_PATH PATHS "${TinyXML_ROOT_DIR}/lib"     NO_DEFAULT_PATH)
-endif()
-
-# Find headers and libraries
-find_path(TinyXML_INCLUDE_DIR NAMES tinyxml.h PATH_SUFFIXES "tinyxml" ${TinyXML_INCLUDE_PATH})
-find_library(TinyXML_LIBRARY  NAMES tinyxml   PATH_SUFFIXES "tinyxml" ${TinyXML_LIBRARY_PATH})
-
-mark_as_advanced(TinyXML_INCLUDE_DIR
-                 TinyXML_LIBRARY)
-
-# Output variables generation
-include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
-find_package_handle_standard_args(TinyXML DEFAULT_MSG TinyXML_LIBRARY
-                                                      TinyXML_INCLUDE_DIR)
-
-set(TinyXML_FOUND ${TINYXML_FOUND}) # Enforce case-correctness: Set appropriately cased variable...
-unset(TINYXML_FOUND) # ...and unset uppercase variable generated by find_package_handle_standard_args
-
-if(TinyXML_FOUND)
-  set(TinyXML_INCLUDE_DIRS ${TinyXML_INCLUDE_DIR})
-  set(TinyXML_LIBRARIES ${TinyXML_LIBRARY})
-endif()
--- a/cmake/FindUpnp.cmake
+++ b/cmake/FindUpnp.cmake
@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
 #
-# Copyright (c) 2012-2016, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
+# Copyright (c) 2012-2013, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
 #
 # Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
 # "COPYING" for details.
@ -20,27 +20,20 @@

 # TODO: Use pkg-config if available

-if(WIN32)
-	CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE_CXX(natupnp.h HAVE_NATIVE_NATUPNP)
-	if(NOT HAVE_NATIVE_NATUPNP)
-		SET(UPNP_INCLUDE_DIR "thirdparty/natupnp")
-	else()
-		SET(UPNP_INCLUDE_DIR)
-	endif()
-	SET(UPNP_LIBRARIES)
-	SET(UPNP_FOUND TRUE)
-	SET(UPNP_STYLE "Win32")
-else()
-	find_path(UPNP_INCLUDE_DIR NAMES miniupnpc.h PATH_SUFFIXES miniupnpc)
-	set(UPNP_NAMES ${UPNP_NAMES} miniupnpc)
-	find_library(UPNP_LIBRARY NAMES ${UPNP_NAMES})
+find_path(UPNP_INCLUDE_DIR NAMES upnp.h PATH_SUFFIXES upnp)
+set(UPNP_NAMES ${UPNP_NAMES} upnp)
+set(THREADUTIL_NAMES ${THREADUTIL_NAMES} threadutil)
+set(IXML_NAMES ${IXML_NAMES} ixml)
+find_library(UPNP_LIBRARY NAMES ${UPNP_NAMES})
+find_library(THREADUTIL_LIBRARY NAMES ${THREADUTIL_NAMES})
+find_library(IXML_LIBRARY NAMES ${IXML_NAMES})

-	if(UPNP_LIBRARY)
-		SET(UPNP_FOUND TRUE)
-		set(UPNP_LIBRARIES ${UPNP_LIBRARY})
-		set(UPNP_INCLUDE_DIR ${UPNP_INCLUDE_DIR})
-		set(UPNP_STYLE "miniupnpc")
-	endif()
+include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
+FIND_PACKAGE_HANDLE_STANDARD_ARGS(UPNP DEFAULT_MSG UPNP_LIBRARY THREADUTIL_LIBRARY IXML_LIBRARY UPNP_INCLUDE_DIR)
+
+if(UPNP_FOUND)
+	set(UPNP_LIBRARIES ${UPNP_LIBRARY} ${THREADUTIL_LIBRARY} ${IXML_LIBRARY})
+	set(UPNP_INCLUDE_DIR ${UPNP_INCLUDE_DIR})
 endif()

-mark_as_advanced(UPNP_LIBRARY UPNP_INCLUDE_DIR)
+mark_as_advanced(UPNP_LIBRARY IXML_LIBRARY UPNP_INCLUDE_DIR)
--- a/cmake/GccPchSupport.cmake
+++ b/cmake/GccPchSupport.cmake
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+#Copied from http://www.mail-archive.com/cmake@cmake.org/msg04394.html which copied it from the rosengarden project
+#see also: http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-4.0.4/gcc/Precompiled-Headers.html
+
+MACRO(ADD_PRECOMPILED_HEADER _targetName _input)
+
+	# Prepare environment
+	GET_FILENAME_COMPONENT(_name ${_input} NAME)
+	SET(_pchdir "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/CMakeFiles/${_targetName}_pch.dir")
+	MAKE_DIRECTORY(${_pchdir})
+	SET(_source "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${_input}")
+	SET(_includeput "${_pchdir}/${_name}")
+	SET(_output "${_includeput}.gch")
+
+	# Assemble the compiler command with which future stuff will be built
+	STRING(TOUPPER "CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE}" _flags_var_name) # Don't worry: CMake won't use any of the R/D/RWDI/MSR vars if the build type is not defined
+	if(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ARG1) # please, know what you're doing if you rely on this...
+		STRING(STRIP ${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ARG1} _ccache_tweak)
+		SET(_ccache_tweak "\"${_ccache_tweak}\"")
+	endif()
+	SET(_compiler_FLAGS ${_ccache_tweak} ${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} ${${_flags_var_name}})
+	if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE)
+        if(${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE} STREQUAL "Debug")
+            LIST(APPEND _compiler_FLAGS "-D_DEBUG")
+        endif()
+	endif()
+	GET_TARGET_PROPERTY(_compile_defines ${_targetName} COMPILE_DEFINITIONS)
+	if(_compile_defines)
+		FOREACH(item ${_compile_defines})
+			STRING(REPLACE "\"" "\\\"" item ${item})
+			LIST(APPEND _compiler_FLAGS "-D${item}")
+		ENDFOREACH(item)
+	endif()
+	GET_TARGET_PROPERTY(_compile_defines ${_targetName} COMPILE_DEFINITIONS_${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE})
+	if(_compile_defines)
+		FOREACH(item ${_compile_defines})
+			STRING(REPLACE "\"" "\\\"" item ${item})
+			LIST(APPEND _compiler_FLAGS "-D${item}")
+		ENDFOREACH(item)
+	endif()
+	GET_DIRECTORY_PROPERTY(_compile_defines COMPILE_DEFINITIONS)
+	if(_compile_defines)
+		FOREACH(item ${_compile_defines})
+			STRING(REPLACE "\"" "\\\"" item ${item})
+			LIST(APPEND _compiler_FLAGS "-D${item}")
+		ENDFOREACH(item)
+	endif()
+	GET_DIRECTORY_PROPERTY(_compile_defines COMPILE_DEFINITIONS_${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE})
+	if(_compile_defines)
+		FOREACH(item ${_compile_defines})
+			STRING(REPLACE "\"" "\\\"" item ${item})
+			LIST(APPEND _compiler_FLAGS "-D${item}")
+		ENDFOREACH(item)
+	endif()
+	GET_DIRECTORY_PROPERTY(_directory_flags INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES)
+	FOREACH(item ${_directory_flags})
+		LIST(APPEND _compiler_FLAGS "-I\"${item}\"")
+	ENDFOREACH(item)
+	GET_DIRECTORY_PROPERTY(_directory_flags DEFINITIONS)
+	STRING(REPLACE "\"" "\\\"" _directory_flags ${_directory_flags}) # Welcome to escape hell. Replace " with \"
+	LIST(APPEND _compiler_FLAGS ${_directory_flags})
+	SEPARATE_ARGUMENTS(_compiler_FLAGS)
+	list(REMOVE_DUPLICATES _compiler_FLAGS)
+
+	# Add a target with the pch
+	ADD_CUSTOM_COMMAND(
+		OUTPUT ${_output}
+		COMMAND "${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER}"
+			${_compiler_FLAGS} -x c++-header -o ${_output} ${_source}
+		IMPLICIT_DEPENDS CXX ${_source}
+	)
+	FILE(WRITE "${_pchdir}/${_name}" "#ifdef __cplusplus\n#warning Precompiled header not used. Turn off or fix!\n#endif") # This file is added so the cc-units don't stumble over not being able to include the file
+	ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET(${_targetName}_pch DEPENDS ${_output})
+	ADD_DEPENDENCIES(${_targetName} ${_targetName}_pch)
+	SET_TARGET_PROPERTIES(${_targetName} PROPERTIES	COMPILE_FLAGS "-include ${_includeput}")
+
+ENDMACRO(ADD_PRECOMPILED_HEADER)
--- a/cmake/GitGetChangesetID.cmake
+++ b/cmake/GitGetChangesetID.cmake
@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
 #
-# Copyright (c) 2012-2016, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
+# Copyright (c) 2012-2013, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
 #
 # Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
 # "COPYING" for details.
@ -28,33 +28,6 @@ function(git_get_changeset_id VAR)
 				OUTPUT_VARIABLE GIT_STATUS
 			)
 			string(REGEX MATCH "^[MADRC ][MD ]" WORKDIR_DIRTY "${GIT_STATUS}")
-			execute_process(WORKING_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}
-				COMMAND "${GIT_EXECUTABLE}" "rev-parse" "--git-path" "index"
-				OUTPUT_VARIABLE GIT_INDEX
-				OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE
-			)
-			set_property(DIRECTORY "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}"
-				APPEND PROPERTY CMAKE_CONFIGURE_DEPENDS
-				"${GIT_INDEX}"
-			)
-			execute_process(WORKING_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}
-				COMMAND "${GIT_EXECUTABLE}" "show" "--format=%ci" "-s" "HEAD"
-				OUTPUT_VARIABLE GIT_TIMESTAMP
-				OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE
-			)
-			if(DEFINED ENV{C4REVISION_BRANCH})
-				set(GIT_BRANCH "$ENV{C4REVISION_BRANCH}")
-			else()
-				execute_process(WORKING_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}
-					COMMAND "${GIT_EXECUTABLE}" "symbolic-ref" "--short" "HEAD"
-					RESULT_VARIABLE GIT_RESULT
-					OUTPUT_VARIABLE GIT_BRANCH
-					OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE
-				)
-				if(NOT GIT_RESULT EQUAL 0)
-					set(GIT_BRANCH "unknown")
-				endif()
-			endif()
 		endif()
 	endif()
 	if (NOT C4REVISION)
@ -71,19 +44,9 @@ function(git_get_changeset_id VAR)
 			string(SUBSTRING "${C4REVISION}" 6 12 C4REVISION)
 		endif()
 		unset(revlength)
-
-		file(STRINGS "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/.git_archival" C4REVISION_TS
-			LIMIT_COUNT 1
-			REGEX "date: .+"
-		)
-		string(SUBSTRING "${C4REVISION_TS}" 6 -1 GIT_TIMESTAMP)
-		set(GIT_BRANCH "unknown")
 	endif()
 	if(WORKDIR_DIRTY)
-		set(WORKDIR_DIRTY 1)
+		set(C4REVISION "${C4REVISION}+")
 	endif()
 	set(${VAR} "${C4REVISION}" PARENT_SCOPE)
-	set(${VAR}_DIRTY ${WORKDIR_DIRTY} PARENT_SCOPE)
-	set(${VAR}_TS "${GIT_TIMESTAMP}" PARENT_SCOPE)
-	set(${VAR}_BRANCH "${GIT_BRANCH}" PARENT_SCOPE)
 endfunction()
--- a/cmake/HandleGccCrossIncludePaths.cmake
+++ b/cmake/HandleGccCrossIncludePaths.cmake
@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-# OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2018, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
-#
-# Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
-# "COPYING" for details.
-#
-# "Clonk" is a registered trademark of Matthes Bender, used with permission.
-# See accompanying file "TRADEMARK" for details.
-#
-# To redistribute this file separately, substitute the full license texts
-# for the above references.
-
-# GCC6 doesn't work well with CMake while cross-compiling. See bugs:
-# https://gitlab.kitware.com/cmake/cmake/issues/16291
-# https://gitlab.kitware.com/cmake/cmake/issues/16919
-# https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=70129
-
-function(HANDLE_GCC_CROSS_INCLUDE_PATHS _lang _gcc_lang_flag)
-	set(_compiler "${CMAKE_${_lang}_COMPILER}")
-	set(_compile_flags "${CMAKE_${_lang}_FLAGS}")
-	separate_arguments(_compile_flags UNIX_COMMAND "${_compile_flags}")
-	execute_process(
-		COMMAND ${_compiler} ${_compile_flags} -v -E -x ${_gcc_lang_flag} /dev/null
-		OUTPUT_QUIET
-		ERROR_VARIABLE _compiler_output
-		)
-	if ("${_compiler_output}" MATCHES "#include <\\.\\.\\.> search starts here:\n *(.*)\nEnd of search list\\.")
-		string(REGEX REPLACE "[\n ]+" " " _search_list "${CMAKE_MATCH_1}")
-		separate_arguments(_search_list)
-		foreach(_directory ${_search_list})
-			get_filename_component(_fixed_component "${_directory}" REALPATH)
-			set(_resolved_list ${_resolved_list} "${_fixed_component}")
-		endforeach()
-		set(CMAKE_${_lang}_IMPLICIT_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES ${CMAKE_${_lang}_IMPLICIT_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES} ${_resolved_list} PARENT_SCOPE)
-	endif()
-endfunction()
--- a/cmake/LegacyFindFreetype.cmake
+++ b/cmake/LegacyFindFreetype.cmake
@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+# - Locate FreeType library
+# This module defines
+#  FREETYPE_LIBRARIES, the library to link against
+#  FREETYPE_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to FREETYPE
+#  FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIRS, where to find headers.
+#  FREETYPE_VERSION_STRING, the version of freetype found (since CMake 2.8.8)
+#  This is the concatenation of the paths:
+#  FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_ft2build
+#  FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_freetype2
+#
+# $FREETYPE_DIR is an environment variable that would
+# correspond to the ./configure --prefix=$FREETYPE_DIR
+# used in building FREETYPE.
+
+#=============================================================================
+# CMake - Cross Platform Makefile Generator
+# Copyright 2000-2011 Kitware, Inc., Insight Software Consortium
+# All rights reserved.
+# 
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+# 
+# * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 
+# * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#   documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 
+# * Neither the names of Kitware, Inc., the Insight Software Consortium,
+#   nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote
+#   products derived from this software without specific prior written
+#   permission.
+# 
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+# "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+# LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+# A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+# HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+# LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+# DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+# THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+# (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+# OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+#=============================================================================
+
+# Created by Eric Wing.
+# Modifications by Alexander Neundorf.
+# This file has been renamed to "FindFreetype.cmake" instead of the correct
+# "FindFreeType.cmake" in order to be compatible with the one from KDE4, Alex.
+
+# Modified by Nicolas Hake for the OpenClonk Project to make FindFreetype also
+# look for the versioned libraries the freetype MSVC project generates.
+
+# Ugh, FreeType seems to use some #include trickery which
+# makes this harder than it should be. It looks like they
+# put ft2build.h in a common/easier-to-find location which
+# then contains a #include to a more specific header in a
+# more specific location (#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>).
+# Then from there, they need to set a bunch of #define's
+# so you can do something like:
+# #include FT_FREETYPE_H
+# Unfortunately, using CMake's mechanisms like include_directories()
+# wants explicit full paths and this trickery doesn't work too well.
+# I'm going to attempt to cut out the middleman and hope
+# everything still works.
+find_path(FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_ft2build ft2build.h
+  HINTS
+    ENV FREETYPE_DIR
+  PATHS
+    /usr/X11R6
+    /usr/local/X11R6
+    /usr/local/X11
+    /usr/freeware
+  PATH_SUFFIXES include/freetype2 include
+)
+
+find_path(FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_freetype2 freetype/config/ftheader.h
+  HINTS
+    ENV FREETYPE_DIR
+  PATHS
+    /usr/X11R6
+    /usr/local/X11R6
+    /usr/local/X11
+    /usr/freeware
+  PATH_SUFFIXES include/freetype2 include
+)
+
+if(FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_freetype2 AND EXISTS "${FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_freetype2}/freetype/freetype.h")
+    file(STRINGS "${FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_freetype2}/freetype/freetype.h" freetype_version_str
+         REGEX "^#[\t ]*define[\t ]+FREETYPE_(MAJOR|MINOR|PATCH)[\t ]+[0-9]+$")
+
+    unset(FREETYPE_VERSION_STRING)
+    foreach(VPART MAJOR MINOR PATCH)
+        foreach(VLINE ${freetype_version_str})
+            if(VLINE MATCHES "^#[\t ]*define[\t ]+FREETYPE_${VPART}")
+                string(REGEX REPLACE "^#[\t ]*define[\t ]+FREETYPE_${VPART}[\t ]+([0-9]+)$" "\\1"
+                       FREETYPE_VERSION_PART "${VLINE}")
+                if(FREETYPE_VERSION_STRING)
+                    set(FREETYPE_VERSION_STRING "${FREETYPE_VERSION_STRING}.${FREETYPE_VERSION_PART}")
+                else()
+                    set(FREETYPE_VERSION_STRING "${FREETYPE_VERSION_PART}")
+                endif()
+                unset(FREETYPE_VERSION_PART)
+            endif()
+        endforeach()
+    endforeach()
+    if(FREETYPE_VERSION_STRING)
+    	string(REPLACE "." "" FREETYPE_VERSIONED_LIBRARY "${FREETYPE_VERSION_STRING}")
+    	set(FREETYPE_VERSIONED_LIBRARY "freetype${FREETYPE_VERSIONED_LIBRARY}")
+    endif()
+endif()
+
+find_library(FREETYPE_LIBRARY
+  NAMES freetype libfreetype freetype219 ${FREETYPE_VERSIONED_LIBRARY}
+  HINTS
+    ENV FREETYPE_DIR
+  PATH_SUFFIXES lib
+  PATHS
+  /usr/X11R6
+  /usr/local/X11R6
+  /usr/local/X11
+  /usr/freeware
+)
+
+unset(FREETYPE_VERSIONED_LIBRARY)
+
+# set the user variables
+if(FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_ft2build AND FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_freetype2)
+  set(FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIRS "${FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_ft2build};${FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_freetype2}")
+endif()
+set(FREETYPE_LIBRARIES "${FREETYPE_LIBRARY}")
+
+# handle the QUIETLY and REQUIRED arguments and set FREETYPE_FOUND to TRUE if
+# all listed variables are TRUE
+include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
+FIND_PACKAGE_HANDLE_STANDARD_ARGS(Freetype
+                                  REQUIRED_VARS FREETYPE_LIBRARY FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIRS
+                                  VERSION_VAR FREETYPE_VERSION_STRING)
+
+mark_as_advanced(FREETYPE_LIBRARY FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_freetype2 FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_ft2build)
--- a/cmake/RequireCXXSourceCompiles.cmake
+++ b/cmake/RequireCXXSourceCompiles.cmake
@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
 #
-# Copyright (c) 2013-2016, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
+# Copyright (c) 2013, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
 #
 # Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
 # "COPYING" for details.
@ -16,6 +16,6 @@ macro(REQUIRE_CXX_SOURCE_COMPILES _code _var)
 	CHECK_CXX_SOURCE_COMPILES("${_code}" ${_var})
 	if(NOT ${_var})
 		unset(${_var} CACHE)
-		MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "${_var} is required for this project to build properly.${ARGN} Aborting.")
+		MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "${_var} is required for this project to build properly. Aborting.")
 	endif()
 endmacro()
--- a/cmake/Version.cmake
+++ b/cmake/Version.cmake
@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-# OpenClonk, http://www.openclonk.org
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2009-2016, The OpenClonk Team and contributors
-#
-# Distributed under the terms of the ISC license; see accompanying file
-# "COPYING" for details.
-#
-# "Clonk" is a registered trademark of Matthes Bender, used with permission.
-# See accompanying file "TRADEMARK" for details.
-#
-# To redistribute this file separately, substitute the full license texts
-# for the above references.
-
-include(Version.txt)
-
-############################################################################
-# Get revision from Git
-############################################################################
-include(GitGetChangesetID)
-git_get_changeset_id(C4REVISION)
-
-############################################################################
-# Get year
-############################################################################
-
-STRING(TIMESTAMP C4COPYRIGHT_YEAR "%Y")
-
-############################################################################
-# Build version strings
-############################################################################
-SET(C4ENGINEID          "${C4PROJECT_TLD}.${C4PROJECT_DOMAIN}.${C4ENGINENICK}")
-set(C4ENGINECAPTION "${C4ENGINENAME}")
-
-set(C4VERSION           "${C4XVER1}.${C4XVER2}")
-
-if(C4VERSIONEXTRA)
-	set(C4VERSION "${C4VERSION}-${C4VERSIONEXTRA}")
-endif()
-
-if(WIN32)
-	set(C4VERSION       "${C4VERSION} win")
-elseif(APPLE)
-	set(C4VERSION       "${C4VERSION} mac")
-elseif(UNIX)
-	set(C4VERSION       "${C4VERSION} unix")
-else()
-	set(C4VERSION       "${C4VERSION} strange")
-endif()
-
-configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/C4Version.h.in ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/C4Version.h ESCAPE_QUOTES)
-if(WIN32)
-	configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/res/WindowsGamesExplorer.xml.in ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/WindowsGamesExplorer.xml ESCAPE_QUOTES)
-endif()
--- a/config.h.cmake
+++ b/config.h.cmake
@ -1,31 +1,69 @@
+/* Activate DebugRecs */
+#cmakedefine DEBUGREC 1

 /* Generate minidumps on crash */
 #cmakedefine HAVE_DBGHELP 1

-/* Use backward-cpp to print stack traces on crash */
-#cmakedefine HAVE_BACKWARD 1
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <direct.h> header file. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_DIRECT_H 1

 /* The backtrace function is declared in execinfo.h and works */
 #cmakedefine HAVE_EXECINFO_H 1

+/* Whether FMOD shall be used */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_FMOD 1
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the <history.h> header file. */
 #cmakedefine HAVE_HISTORY_H 1

+/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_ICONV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the <io.h> header file. */
 #cmakedefine HAVE_IO_H 1

+/* Define to 1 if you have the <langinfo.h> header file. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_LANGINFO_H 1
+
 /* Define if you have a readline compatible library */
 #cmakedefine HAVE_LIBREADLINE 1

+/* Define to 1 if you have SDL_mixer. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_LIBSDL_MIXER 1
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
 #cmakedefine HAVE_LOCALE_H 1

+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have support for nullptr. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_NULLPTR 1
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the <poll.h> header file. */
 #cmakedefine HAVE_POLL_H 1

 /* Define if you have POSIX threads libraries and header files. */
 #cmakedefine HAVE_PTHREAD 1

+/* Define to 1 if you have the <readline.h> header file. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_READLINE_H 1
+
+/* Define if your readline library has \`add_history' */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_READLINE_HISTORY 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <readline/history.h> header file. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_READLINE_HISTORY_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <readline/readline.h> header file. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_READLINE_READLINE_H 1
+
+/* C++ Compiler has rvalue references, a C++0x feature. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_RVALUE_REF 1
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have SDL. */
 #cmakedefine HAVE_SDL 1

@ -35,6 +73,21 @@
 /* Define to 1 if you have the <signal.h> header file. */
 #cmakedefine HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1

+/* Define to 1 if your compiler supports static_assert */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_STDINT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_STRINGS_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_STRING_H 1
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/eventfd.h> header file. */
 #cmakedefine HAVE_SYS_EVENTFD_H 1

@ -62,55 +115,83 @@
 /* Define to 1 if you have the `vasprintf' function. */
 #cmakedefine HAVE_VASPRINTF 1

+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__mingw_vasprintf' function. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE___MINGW_VASPRINTF 1
+
+#cmakedefine HAVE_VFW32
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the <X11/extensions/Xrandr.h> header file. */
 #cmakedefine HAVE_X11_EXTENSIONS_XRANDR_H 1

+/* Define to 1 if you have the <X11/keysym.h> header file. */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_X11_KEYSYM_H 1
+
+/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
+#cmakedefine ICONV_CONST
+
 /* compile without debug options */
 #cmakedefine NDEBUG 1

+/* Define to 1 if your C compiler doesn't accept -c and -o together. */
+#cmakedefine NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O 1
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#cmakedefine PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#cmakedefine PACKAGE_NAME
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#cmakedefine PACKAGE_STRING
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#cmakedefine PACKAGE_TARNAME
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#cmakedefine PACKAGE_VERSION
+
+/* Define to necessary symbol if this constant uses a non-standard name on
+   your system. */
+#cmakedefine PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#cmakedefine STDC_HEADERS 1
+
+/* dedicated server mode */
+#cmakedefine USE_CONSOLE 1
+
 /* MP3 music */
 #cmakedefine USE_MP3 1

-/* Define to 1 if the userParam parameter to GLDEBUGPROCARB is const, as the
-   spec requires. */
-#cmakedefine GLDEBUGPROCARB_USERPARAM_IS_CONST 1
+/* OpenAL sound */
+#cmakedefine USE_OPEN_AL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if SDL is used for the main loop */
+#cmakedefine USE_SDL_MAINLOOP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if the X Window System is used */
+#cmakedefine USE_X11 1
+
+/* Enable automatic update system */
+#cmakedefine WITH_AUTOMATIC_UPDATE 1
+
+/* Developer mode */
+#cmakedefine WITH_DEVELOPER_MODE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you want to use Boost.Regex instead of <regex>. */
+#cmakedefine USE_BOOST_REGEX 1

 /* Glib */
 #cmakedefine WITH_GLIB 1

+/* Define to 1 if the X Window System is missing or not being used. */
+#cmakedefine X_DISPLAY_MISSING 1
+
 /* compile with debug options */
 #cmakedefine _DEBUG 1

-#ifndef USE_CONSOLE
-/* The widgets for the windows and the editor GUI */
-#cmakedefine USE_SDL_MAINLOOP 1
-#cmakedefine USE_WIN32_WINDOWS 1
+/* Define to 1 if you have support for precompiled headers */
+#cmakedefine HAVE_PRECOMPILED_HEADERS 1
+
+/* Use Apple Cocoa for the UI */
 #cmakedefine USE_COCOA 1
-#cmakedefine USE_GTK 1
-
-/* Enable automatic update system */
-#cmakedefine WITH_AUTOMATIC_UPDATE 1
-#cmakedefine WITH_APPDIR_INSTALLATION 1
-
-/* Select an audio provider */
-#define AUDIO_TK AUDIO_TK_${Audio_TK_UPPER}
-#else
-#define AUDIO_TK AUDIO_TK_NONE
-#endif // USE_CONSOLE
-
-#define AUDIO_TK_NONE 0
-#define AUDIO_TK_OPENAL 1
-#define AUDIO_TK_SDL_MIXER 3
-
-/* Include OpenAL extensions (alext.h) for sound modifiers */
-#cmakedefine HAVE_ALEXT 1
-
-/* Path to data directory */
-#ifdef WITH_APPDIR_INSTALLATION
-#define OC_SYSTEM_DATA_DIR "../share/games/openclonk"
-#else
-#define OC_SYSTEM_DATA_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/share/games/openclonk"
-#endif
-
-/* Path to /proc/self/exe (Linux) or equivalent */
-#cmakedefine PROC_SELF_EXE "${PROC_SELF_EXE}"
--- a/docs/Makefile
+++ b/docs/Makefile
@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ HHC = hhc.exe
 MKDIR_P = mkdir -p
 CP = cp
 CP_R = cp -r
-NODE = node

 stylesheet = clonk.xsl

@ -30,10 +29,9 @@ sdk-dirs := $(shell find sdk -name '.*' -prune -o -type d -print)

 # find all *.xml files recursively in sdk/
 xmlfiles := $(sort $(shell find sdk -name '.*' -prune -o -name 'content.xml' -prune -o -name \*.xml -print))
-xmlfiles-de := $(subst sdk, sdk-de, $(xmlfiles))

 # misc
-extra-files := $(sort $(wildcard *.css *.js images/*.*) lunr.js)
+extra-files := $(sort $(wildcard *.css *.php *.js images/*.*))
 extra-files-chm := $(sort $(wildcard *.css *.js images/*.*))

 # Targets:
@ -48,16 +46,15 @@ sdk-de-dirs := $(subst sdk, sdk-de, $(sdk-dirs))
 online-dirs := $(foreach lang, en de, $(addprefix online/$(lang)/, $(sdk-dirs) images))
 online-sdk-files := $(foreach lang, en de, $(addprefix online/$(lang)/, $(htmlfiles) sdk/content.html))
 online-extra-files := $(foreach lang, en de, $(addprefix online/$(lang)/, $(extra-files)))
-online-index-files := $(foreach lang, en de, $(addprefix online/$(lang)/, index.json))

 # For Entwickler.chm
 chm-dirs := $(foreach lang, en de, $(addprefix chm/$(lang)/, . $(sdk-dirs) images))

 .PHONY: all online-en chm install check clean

-all: $(sdk-de-dirs) $(online-dirs) $(online-sdk-files) $(online-extra-files) $(online-index-files)
+all: $(sdk-de-dirs) $(online-dirs) $(online-sdk-files) $(online-extra-files)

-online-en: $(addprefix online/en/, $(sdk-dirs) images $(htmlfiles) sdk/content.html $(extra-files) index.json)
+online-en: $(addprefix online/en/, $(sdk-dirs) images $(htmlfiles) sdk/content.html $(extra-files))

 chm: $(sdk-de-dirs) $(chm-dirs) chm/en/Developer.chm chm/de/Entwickler.chm

@ -72,36 +69,23 @@ clean:
 	rm -f *.mo Entwickler.chm Developer.chm doku.pot sdk/content.xml
 	rm -rf online sdk-de chm

-sdk/content.xml: sdk/content.xml.in $(xmlfiles) tools/build_contents.py tools/experimental.py
+sdk/content.xml: sdk/content.xml.in $(xmlfiles) build_contents.py experimental.py
 	@echo generate $@
-	@python2 tools/build_contents.py $(xmlfiles)
+	@python build_contents.py $(xmlfiles)

-# Node dependencies for index.
-node_modules/.make: package.json
-	npm install
-	@touch $@
-
-lunr.js: node_modules/.make
-	$(CP) node_modules/lunr/lunr.js $@
-
-online/en/index.json: node_modules/.make $(xmlfiles) tools/build_index.js
-	@$(NODE) tools/build_index.js $@ $(xmlfiles)
-online/de/index.json: node_modules/.make $(xmlfiles-de) tools/build_index.js
-	@$(NODE) tools/build_index.js $@ $(xmlfiles-de)
-
-chm/en/Output.hhp: $(xmlfiles) chm/en/. tools/build_hhp.py Template.hhp
+chm/en/Output.hhp: $(xmlfiles) chm/en/. build_hhp.py Template.hhp
 	@echo generate $@
-	@python2 tools/build_hhp.py $@ Template.hhp $(xmlfiles)
-chm/de/Output.hhp: $(xmlfiles) chm/de/. tools/build_hhp.py Template.de.hhp
+	@python build_hhp.py $@ Template.hhp $(xmlfiles)
+chm/de/Output.hhp: $(xmlfiles) chm/de/. build_hhp.py Template.de.hhp
 	@echo generate $@
-	@python2 tools/build_hhp.py $@ Template.de.hhp $(xmlfiles)
+	@python build_hhp.py $@ Template.de.hhp $(xmlfiles)

 $(sdk-de-dirs) $(online-dirs) $(chm-dirs):
 	mkdir -p $@

-doku.pot: $(xmlfiles) extra-strings.xml sdk/content.xml.in tools/xml2po.py tools/clonk.py
+doku.pot: $(xmlfiles) extra-strings.xml sdk/content.xml.in xml2po.py clonk.py
 	@echo extract strings to $@
-	@python2 tools/xml2po.py -e -m clonk -o $@ $(xmlfiles) extra-strings.xml sdk/content.xml.in
+	@python xml2po.py -e -m clonk -o $@ $(xmlfiles) extra-strings.xml sdk/content.xml.in

 %.po: doku.pot
 	@echo update $@
@ -112,9 +96,9 @@ doku.pot: $(xmlfiles) extra-strings.xml sdk/content.xml.in tools/xml2po.py tools
 	@echo compile $@
 	@msgfmt --statistics -o $@ $<

-sdk-de/%.xml: sdk/%.xml de.mo tools/xml2po.py tools/clonk.py
+sdk-de/%.xml: sdk/%.xml de.mo xml2po.py clonk.py
 	@echo generate $@
-	@python2 tools/xml2po.py -e -m clonk -t de.mo -o $@ $<
+	@python xml2po.py -e -m clonk -t de.mo -o $@ $<

 define run-xslt
@echo generate $@
--- a/docs/tools/build_contents.py
+++ b/docs/tools/build_contents.py
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env python2
+#!/usr/bin/env python
 # -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
 import sys
 import xml.sax
--- a/docs/tools/build_hhp.py
+++ b/docs/tools/build_hhp.py
--- a/docs/tools/clonk.py
+++ b/docs/tools/clonk.py
--- a/docs/clonk.xsl
+++ b/docs/clonk.xsl
@ -35,12 +35,7 @@
    </title>
  </xsl:template>
  <xsl:template match="script">
-      <xsl:copy>
-          <xsl:for-each select="@*">
-              <xsl:copy />
-          </xsl:for-each>
-          <xsl:apply-templates />
-      </xsl:copy>
+      <xsl:copy><xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()" /></xsl:copy>
  </xsl:template>
  <xsl:template match="func|const" mode="head">
    <xsl:apply-templates mode="head" />
@ -341,7 +336,7 @@
            </xsl:if>
            <xsl:if test="position() mod 2=0"><xsl:attribute name="class">dark</xsl:attribute></xsl:if>
            <xsl:for-each select="col|literal_col">
-              <td><xsl:apply-templates select="@colspan|@id|node()"/></td>
+              <td><xsl:apply-templates select="@colspan|node()"/></td>
            </xsl:for-each>
          </tr>
        </xsl:for-each>
@ -354,6 +349,16 @@
    <caption><xsl:apply-templates select="@id|node()" /></caption>
  </xsl:template>

+  <xsl:template match="search">
+    <xsl:if test="not($chm)">
+      <form action="../search.php" method="get">
+        <input name="search" type="text"></input>
+        <input type="submit" name="func" value="Search"></input>
+        <input type="submit" name="fulltext" value="Fulltext"></input>
+      </form>
+    </xsl:if>
+  </xsl:template>
+  
  <xsl:template match="table/bitmask">
    <xsl:value-of select="." />:
    <input id="input" onKeyUp="Calc();" name="input" type="text">
@ -511,7 +516,7 @@
  <xsl:template name="color2">
    <xsl:param name="s" select="." />
    <!-- the list of keywords -->
-    <xsl:param name="t" select="'#include|#appendto|#warning|public|private|protected|global|static|var|local|const|any|int|bool|def|effect|object|proplist|string|array|func|return|if|else|break|continue|while|for|new|true|false|nil|'" />
+    <xsl:param name="t" select="'#include|#appendto|public|private|protected|global|static|var|local|const|any|int|bool|def|effect|object|proplist|string|array|func|return|if|else|break|continue|while|for|true|false|nil|'" />
    <xsl:param name="w" select="substring-before($t, '|')" />
    <!-- text before the keyword -->
    <xsl:variable name="l" select="substring-before($s, $w)" />
--- a/docs/de.po
+++ b/docs/de.po
--- a/docs/doku.css
+++ b/docs/doku.css
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
@font-face{
 	font-family: Endeavour;
-	/*src: url('/Endeavour.eot');
-	src: local('Endeavour'),url('/Endeavour.ttf') format("truetype");*/
+	src: url('/Endeavour.eot');
+	src: local('Endeavour'),url('/Endeavour.ttf') format("truetype");
 }

 body {
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ body {
 }

 #iframe {
-	position: absolute; top: 143px; left: 0; width: 300px; border: 0; bottom: 0; overflow: auto;
+	position: absolute; top: 145px; width: 300px; border: 0; bottom: 0; overflow: auto;
 	height: auto;
 	display: block;
 }
@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ body {
 #content {
 	padding: 0 1em;
 	margin: 0 auto;
-	position: absolute; top: 143px; left: 300px; right: 0; bottom: 0; overflow: auto;
-	background: white;
+	position: absolute; top: 145px; left: 300px; right: 0; bottom: 0; overflow: auto;
 }

 .text, pre.code, ul, ol, dl {
@ -243,6 +242,10 @@ ul.nav a {
 	text-decoration: none;
 }

+ul.nav a:hover, ul.nav a:hover {
+	background: #333 url(images/stripe-wide.gif) left repeat-x;
+}
+
 ul.nav li.switchlang img {
 	margin: 0;
 }
--- a/docs/tools/experimental.py
+++ b/docs/tools/experimental.py
--- a/docs/header.xml
+++ b/docs/header.xml
@ -3,19 +3,14 @@ Unfortunately, xml documents can only have one root, so there needs to be a dumm
 header is an appropiate html element, so it's arbitrarily chosen.
 clonk.xsl also uses it to match the processing for it. -->
 <header>
-	<style type="text/css">@import url("https://www.openclonk.org/header/header.css");</style>
+	<style type="text/css">@import url("http://www.openclonk.org/header/header.css");</style>
 	
 	<div id="nav_header">
-
-		<div id="nav_doclangswitch">
-			<a href="https://docs.openclonk.org/en/sdk/" target="_top"><img src="https://forum.openclonk.org/flags/gb.png"/></a>
-			<a href="https://docs.openclonk.org/de/sdk/" target="_top"><img src="https://forum.openclonk.org/flags/de.png"/></a>
-		</div>
 	
 		<div id="nav_search">
-		<form action="https://www.openclonk.org/header/search.php" id="nav_searchform" method="get" target="_top"><div>
+		<form action="http://www.openclonk.org/header/search.php" id="nav_searchform" method="get" target="_top"><div>
 				<input id="nav_searchInput" name="s" type="text" value="search" onfocus="if(this.value == 'search') { this.value = ''; }" onblur="if(this.value == '') { this.value = 'search'; }"/> in the 
-				<select value="docs" name="p">
+				<select name="p">
 					<option  value="blog">blog</option>
 					<option  value="wiki">website</option>
 					<option  value="forum">forum</option>
@ -28,25 +23,36 @@ clonk.xsl also uses it to match the processing for it. -->
 			</div></form>
 		</div>

-		<div id="nav_logo">
-			<a href="https://www.openclonk.org/" target="_top"><img src="https://www.openclonk.org/header/logo.png" width="450" height="94" alt="OpenClonk"/></a>
+		<div style="float:right">
+			<ul>
+				<li>
+					<a href="http://docs.openclonk.org/en/sdk/" target="_top"><img src="http://forum.openclonk.org/flags/gb.png"/></a>
+				</li>
+				<li>
+					<a href="http://docs.openclonk.org/de/sdk/" target="_top"><img src="http://forum.openclonk.org/flags/de.png"/></a>
+				</li>
+			</ul>
 		</div>
-
+		
+		<div id="nav_logo">
+			<a href="http://www.openclonk.org/" target="_top"><img src="http://www.openclonk.org/header/logo.jpg" width="450" height="94" alt="OpenClonk"/></a>
+		</div>
+		
 		<div id="nav_navigation">
 			<div id="nav_links">
 				<ul>
-					<li><a href="https://www.openclonk.org/" target="_top">Home</a></li>
-					<li><a href="https://www.openclonk.org/download/" target="_top">Download</a></li>
-					<li><a href="https://blog.openclonk.org/" target="_top">Blog</a></li>
-					<li><a href="https://forum.openclonk.org/" target="_top">Forum</a></li>
-					<li><a href="https://league.openclonk.org/" target="_top">League</a></li>
-					<li><a href="https://wiki.openclonk.org/w/C4Script_Documentation" target="_top">Docs</a></li>
-					<li><a href="https://wiki.openclonk.org/w/Development" target="_top">Developers</a></li>
-					<li><a href="https://git.openclonk.org/openclonk.git" target="_top">Repository</a></li>
-					<li><a href="https://bugs.openclonk.org" target="_top">Bugs</a></li>
+					<li><a href="http://www.openclonk.org/" target="_top">Home</a></li>
+					<li><a href="http://www.openclonk.org/download/" target="_top">Download</a></li>
+					<li><a href="http://blog.openclonk.org/" target="_top">Blog</a></li>
+					<li><a href="http://forum.openclonk.org/" target="_top">Forum</a></li>
+					<!--<li><a href="http://league.openclonk.org/" target="_top">League</a></li>-->
+					<li><a href="http://wiki.openclonk.org/w/C4Script_Documentation" target="_top">Docs</a></li>
+					<li><a href="http://wiki.openclonk.org/w/Development" target="_top">Developers</a></li>
+					<li><a href="http://git.openclonk.org/openclonk.git" target="_top">Repository</a></li>
+					<li><a href="http://bugs.openclonk.org" target="_top">Bugs</a></li>
 				</ul>
 			</div>
 		</div>
-
 	</div>
+
 </header>
--- a/docs/images/GuiPositioning.jpg
+++ b/docs/images/GuiPositioning.jpg
--- a/docs/package-lock.json
+++ b/docs/package-lock.json
@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-{
-  "name": "openclonk-docs",
-  "version": "1.0.0",
-  "lockfileVersion": 1,
-  "requires": true,
-  "dependencies": {
-    "lunr": {
-      "version": "2.1.6",
-      "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lunr/-/lunr-2.1.6.tgz",
-      "integrity": "sha512-ydJpB8CX8cZ/VE+KMaYaFcZ6+o2LruM6NG76VXdflYTgluvVemz1lW4anE+pyBbLvxJHZdvD1Jy/fOqdzAEJog=="
-    },
-    "sax": {
-      "version": "1.2.4",
-      "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/sax/-/sax-1.2.4.tgz",
-      "integrity": "sha512-NqVDv9TpANUjFm0N8uM5GxL36UgKi9/atZw+x7YFnQ8ckwFGKrl4xX4yWtrey3UJm5nP1kUbnYgLopqWNSRhWw=="
-    },
-    "xml2js": {
-      "version": "0.4.19",
-      "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/xml2js/-/xml2js-0.4.19.tgz",
-      "integrity": "sha512-esZnJZJOiJR9wWKMyuvSE1y6Dq5LCuJanqhxslH2bxM6duahNZ+HMpCLhBQGZkbX6xRf8x1Y2eJlgt2q3qo49Q==",
-      "requires": {
-        "sax": "1.2.4",
-        "xmlbuilder": "9.0.7"
-      }
-    },
-    "xmlbuilder": {
-      "version": "9.0.7",
-      "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/xmlbuilder/-/xmlbuilder-9.0.7.tgz",
-      "integrity": "sha1-Ey7mPS7FVlxVfiD0wi35rKaGsQ0="
-    }
-  }
-}
--- a/docs/package.json
+++ b/docs/package.json
@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-{
-  "name": "openclonk-docs",
-  "version": "1.0.0",
-  "description": "Developer documentation for OpenClonk",
-  "scripts": {
-    "test": "echo \"Error: no test specified\" && exit 1"
-  },
-  "repository": {
-    "type": "git",
-    "url": "git+https://github.com/openclonk/openclonk.git"
-  },
-  "author": "The OpenClonk Team",
-  "license": "ISC",
-  "bugs": {
-    "url": "https://github.com/openclonk/openclonk/issues"
-  },
-  "homepage": "https://github.com/openclonk/openclonk#readme",
-  "dependencies": {
-    "lunr": "^2.1.6",
-    "xml2js": "^0.4.19"
-  }
-}
--- a/docs/sdk/cmdline.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/cmdline.xml
@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
      <dd>
        <text>Searches for a network game on the specified address and joins it. No local scenario (*.ocs) should be specified. Implies --network.</text>
      </dd>
-      <dt id="clonkp">[open]clonk://&lt;<em>Address</em>&gt;/</dt>
+      <dt id="clonkp">clonk://&lt;<em>Address</em>&gt;/</dt>
      <dd>
        <text>Same as --join if an address is specified. If "update" is specified as an address, this will cause the engine to perform an update check instead.</text>
      </dd>
@ -88,10 +88,6 @@
      <dd>
        <text>Only for fullscreen startup menu: Instead of the main menu, one of the submenus is shown directly. Possible values for &lt;<em>Name</em>&gt; are <em>main</em> (Main menu), <em>scen</em> (Scenario selection), <em>netscen</em> (Scenario selection for a new network game), <em>net</em> (Network/Internet game list), <em>options</em> (Options menu) und <em>plrsel</em> (Player selection).</text>
      </dd>
-      <dt id="scenpar">--scenpar=&lt;<em>Parameter=Value</em>&gt;</dt>
-      <dd>
-        <text>Sets the <emlink href="scenario/ParameterDefs.xml">custom scenario parameter</emlink>. E.g. --scenpar=Difficulty=1.</text>
-      </dd>
      <dt id="ocs">*.ocs</dt>
      <dd>
        <text>If a scenario is specified (File extension .ocs), it will be started directly.</text>
--- a/docs/sdk/content.xml.in
+++ b/docs/sdk/content.xml.in
@ -111,16 +111,8 @@
 		<li><emlink href="script/BreakContinue.html">Loop Control</emlink></li>
 		<li><emlink href="script/AppendTo.html">#appendto</emlink></li>
 		<li><emlink href="script/Effects.html">Effects</emlink></li>
-		<li><emlink href="script/GUI.html">Script GUIs</emlink></li>
 		<li><emlink href="script/GetXXVal.html">Querying Game Data</emlink></li>
 		<li><emlink href="script/ScriptPlayers.html">Script Players</emlink></li>
-		<li><emlink href="script/SoundModifiers.html">Sound Modifiers</emlink></li>
-		<li>Libraries
-			<ul>
-				<li><emlink href="script/Shape.html">Shape</emlink></li>
-				<li><emlink href="script/FuzzyLogic.html">Fuzzy Logic</emlink></li>
-			</ul>
-		</li>
 <!-- Insert Functions here -->
 	</ul>
 	</li>
@ -131,21 +123,14 @@
 <![CDATA[
 (function() {
 	function navigate(url) {
-		var urlsplit = url.split("#");
 		var xhr = new XMLHttpRequest();
-		xhr.open('GET', urlsplit[0]);
+		xhr.open('GET', url.split("#")[0]);
 		xhr.onreadystatechange = function (e) {
 			if (xhr.readyState === 4) {
 				var d = parent.document;
 				var r = xhr.responseText;
 				d.getElementById("content").innerHTML = r.split('<div id="content">')[1];
 				d.title = r.slice(r.indexOf("<title>")+7, r.indexOf("</title>"));
-				if (urlsplit.length > 1) {
-					var scrolltarget = d.getElementById(urlsplit[1]);
-					if (scrolltarget) {
-						scrolltarget.scrollIntoView();
-					}
-				}
 			}
 		};
 		xhr.send();
@ -211,10 +196,6 @@
 		window.scrollTo(0, y0);
 	}
 })();
-// Collapse the index.
-document.querySelector('.index > img').onclick();
 ]]>
 </script>
-<script src="../lunr.js"></script>
-<script src="../search.js"></script>
 </toc>
--- a/docs/sdk/definition/animations.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/definition/animations.xml
@ -52,10 +52,6 @@
          <col><funclink>Anim_AbsY</funclink></col>
          <col>Linear with Y position. However, the animation is always played in the same direction, not taking into account whether the object moves upwards or downwards.</col>
        </row>
-        <row>
-          <col><funclink>Anim_Dist</funclink></col>
-          <col>Linear in distance travelled. This is basically a combination of <funclink>Anim_AbsX</funclink> and <funclink>Anim_AbsY</funclink> where both coordinates are taken into account.</col>
-        </row>
        <row>
          <col><funclink>Anim_XDir</funclink></col>
          <col>Proportional to the horizontal speed of the object.</col>
--- a/docs/sdk/definition/category.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/definition/category.xml
@ -15,11 +15,6 @@
          <col>Description</col>
 		  <col>Default plane</col>
        </rowh>
-        <row>
-          <col>C4D_None</col>
-          <col>No category.</col>
-          <col></col>
-        </row>
        <row>
          <col>C4D_StaticBack</col>
          <col>Immovable object.</col>
--- a/docs/sdk/definition/cnat.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/definition/cnat.xml
@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <doc>
  <title>CNAT - Contact Attachment</title>
  <h>CNAT - Contact Attachment</h>
-  <text>In multiple places the engine uses ContactAttachment values (a bitmask) to manage the orientation of objects and processes. For example, a vertex of an object can have the <code id="CNAT">CNAT</code> bit <em>left</em>. If that object has <emlink href="definition/properties.html">ContactCalls</emlink> activated, the engine calls on every contact of that vertex with the landscape the object script function <em>ContactLeft</em>. CNAT values are composed of the following bits:</text>
+  <text>In multiple places the engine uses ContactAttachment values (a bitmask) to manage the orientation of objects and processes. For example, a vertex of an object can have the <code id="CNAT">CNAT</code> bit <em>left</em>. If that object has <emlink href="definition/defcore.html">ContactCalls</emlink> activated, the engine calls on every contact of that vertex with the landscape the object script function <em>ContactLeft</em>. CNAT values are composed of the following bits:</text>
  <text>
    <table>
      <rowh>
@ -40,10 +40,6 @@
        <col>CNAT_NoCollision</col>
        <col>Extra flag: non-colliding vertex</col>
      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>CNAT_PhaseHalfVehicle</col>
-        <col>Extra flag: Entirely suppress collisions with HalfVehicle</col>
-      </row>
      <bitmask>CNAT</bitmask>
    </table>
  </text>
--- a/docs/sdk/definition/defcore.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/definition/defcore.xml
@ -35,6 +35,11 @@
          <col>Integer</col>
          <col>Category of the object. Also see <emlink href="definition/category.html">object categories</emlink>.</col>
        </row>
+        <row>
+          <literal_col>ContactCalls</literal_col>
+          <col>Integer</col>
+          <col>0 or 1. If 1, Contactcalls are called in the object script.</col>
+        </row>
        <row>
          <literal_col>Width</literal_col>
          <col>Integer</col>
@ -60,6 +65,11 @@
          <col>Integer</col>
          <col>Weight of the object. Rock 10, clonk 50, hut 1000, castle 10000.</col>
        </row>
+        <row>
+          <literal_col>Components</literal_col>
+          <col>ID list</col>
+          <col>Elements from which the object is composed. Uncompleted or half grown objects will only have the respective fraction of the components.</col>
+        </row>
        <row>
          <literal_col>SolidMask</literal_col>
          <col>6 integers</col>
@ -110,10 +120,15 @@
          <col>4 integers</col>
          <col>Position of the intake region relative to the object centre.</col>
        </row>
+        <row>
+          <literal_col>FireTop</literal_col>
+          <col>Integer</col>
+          <col>Flame distance to the object's bottom line.</col>
+        </row>
        <row>
          <literal_col>Exclusive</literal_col>
          <col>Integer</col>
-          <col>0 or 1. Determines whether the object blocks objects behind it. Exclusive objects also block the placement of a construction site at an overlapping location.</col>
+          <col>0 or 1. Determines whether the object blocks objects behind it.</col>
        </row>
        <row>
          <literal_col>Line</literal_col>
@ -130,6 +145,11 @@
          <col>Integer</col>
          <col>0 or 1. Determines whether the object can be built.</col>
        </row>
+        <row>
+          <literal_col>ConstructTo</literal_col>
+          <col>C4ID</col>
+          <col>Definition change upon building.</col>
+        </row>
        <row>
          <literal_col>GrabPutGet</literal_col>
          <col>Integer</col>
@ -145,6 +165,11 @@
          <col>Integer</col>
          <col>Floatation in liquids: 0 no floatation, otherwise floatation height above the object center.</col>
        </row>
+        <row>
+          <literal_col>ContainBlast</literal_col>
+          <col>Integer</col>
+          <col>0 or 1. Determines whether explosions in the object's contents affect other objects outside.</col>
+        </row>
        <row>
          <literal_col>ColorByOwner</literal_col>
          <col>Integer</col>
@ -155,6 +180,11 @@
          <col>Integer</col>
          <col>0 or 1. If 1, the object can only move vertically.</col>
        </row>
+        <row>
+          <literal_col>BorderBound</literal_col>
+          <col>Integer</col>
+          <col>Bit mask: bit 0 (value 1) stop at the sides, bit 1 (value 2) stop at the top, bit 2 (value 4) stop at the bottom.</col>
+        </row>
        <row>
          <literal_col>UprightAttach</literal_col>
          <col>Integer</col>
@ -175,6 +205,11 @@
          <col>Integer</col>
          <col>0 or 1. The object can be scaled over 100% using DoCon.</col>
        </row>
+        <row>
+          <literal_col>AttractLightning</literal_col>
+          <col>Integer</col>
+          <col>0 or 1. The object attracts lightning.</col>
+        </row>
        <row>
          <literal_col>Fragile</literal_col>
          <col>Integer</col>
@ -196,7 +231,7 @@
          <col>1 - 10. Determines search depth of the pathfinder algorithm (default 1). Warning: higher values may slow down the game. By setting this value you can also enable non-CrewMember objects to use pathfinding when executing commands.</col>
        </row>
        <row>
-          <literal_col>NoMassFromContents</literal_col>
+          <literal_col>NoComponentMass</literal_col>
          <col>Integer</col>
          <col>0 or 1. If 1, the object's contents is not added to the object's total mass. This can be used to prevent small container objects from turning into killer throwing items.</col>
        </row>
@ -260,11 +295,6 @@
          <col>Integer</col>
          <col>0 or 1. If 1 the object's pathfinding will ignore any transfer zones.</col>
        </row>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>HideInCreator</literal_col>
-          <col>Boolean</col>
-          <col>false (default) or true. If true, the definition is not shown in the object creator window of the editor. Should be used for internal definitions, libraries, etc.</col>
-        </row>
      </table>
    </text>
  </part>
--- a/docs/sdk/definition/index.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/definition/index.xml
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  <title>Object Definitions</title>
  <h>Object Definitions</h>
  <part>
-    <text>Object definitions are used for all game objects in clonk: the wooden hut, goal objects and the clonk himself. An object definition is a group file composed from the following components:</text>
+    <text>Object definitions are used for all game objects in clonk: fire monsters, the wooden hut, and the clonk himself. An object definition is a group file composed from the following components:</text>
    <h id="Properties">Object properties</h>
    <dl>
      <dt><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/><emlink href="definition/defcore.html">DefCore.txt</emlink></dt>
@ -27,19 +27,15 @@
 	</dl>
 	<h id="RasterGraphics">Raster Graphics</h>
 	<dl>
-      <dt id="Graphicspng"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_image.png" width="16"/>Graphics.png/Graphics.*.png</dt>
+      <dt id="Graphicspng"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_image.png" width="16"/>Graphics.png</dt>
      <dd>
-        <text>Graphics of the object. Base graphics, animation phases and a picture for display in menus are stored in a 32 bit picture with transparency channel (PNG format, 32 bit RGBA color, non interlaced). An optional zoom factor for high-resolution graphics can be provided in the '*'-portion of the name.</text>
+        <text>Graphics of the object. Base graphics, animation phases and a picture for display in menus are stored in a 32 bit picture with transparency channel (PNG format, 32 bit RGBA color, non interlaced).</text>
      </dd>
      <dt id="Overlaypng"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_image.png" width="16"/>Overlay.png</dt>
      <dd>
        <text>The part of the object's graphics which is to be colored in the player color (see ColorByOwner in <emlink href="definition/defcore.html">DefCore.txt</emlink>) can also be defined using a separate graphics file. In Overlay.png gray scales should be used instead of blue color.</text>
      </dd>
-      <dt id="Normalpng"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_image.png" width="16"/>Normal.png</dt>
-      <dd>
-        <text>An optional normal map for the object, where the red, green and blue components in the image correspond to the normal vectors to be used for the lighting of the object. If this file is not present, the normal vector at each pixel points straight into Z direction (outside of the screen).</text>
-      </dd>
-      <dt id="Graphicsex"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_image.png" width="16"/>Graphics*.png/Overlay*.png (Graphics*.*.png/Overlay*.*.png)</dt>
+      <dt id="Graphicsex"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_image.png" width="16"/>Graphics*.png/Overlay*.png</dt>
      <dd>
        <text>Objects can also contain alternative sets of graphics which can be selected ingame using the script command <funclink>SetGraphics</funclink>(). The name corresponds to the file name portion following "Graphics". The matching overlay is automatically selected. For more information see <funclink>SetGraphics</funclink>().</text>
      </dd>
@ -72,7 +68,6 @@
      <dt id="wav"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_sound.png" width="16"/>*.wav/*.ogg</dt>
      <dd>
        <text>Object local sounds. As these are always loaded and not dynamically unloaded as are scenario sounds you should use these sparingly and with small sound files only.</text>
-        <text>Object local sounds within valid definitions are automatically put into a namespace with the ID of the object. They can be played using <funclink>Sound</funclink>("id::soundname").</text>
      </dd>
    </dl>
 	<h id="CrewMembers">Additional files for crew members</h>
--- a/docs/sdk/definition/meshes.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/definition/meshes.xml
@ -11,143 +11,14 @@
    <text>The mesh is not automatically scaled to the shape (i.e. the width and height values specified in <emlink href="definition/defcore.html">DefCore.txt</emlink>) of the object. Instead one unit in the modeling tool corresponds to one pixel in Clonk. This simplifies using the same magnitude of object sizes for all objects which is especially helpful for attaching meshes (see below). Also pay attention to the coordinate frame: The X axis in the mesh coordinate frame points out of the screen in Clonk, the Y axis points to the right and the Z axis points upwards.</text>
    <h id="MaterialScripts">Material scripts</h>
    <text>All material scripts (*.material files) are loaded by the engine before the mesh in the same directory is loaded. Material scripts are simple text files which specify the material properties (material colors, textures, etc.) that can be used by meshes. Each material is assigned a name that can normally be specified in the modeling tool. It should be taken care that names are unique (for example by prefixing all material names with the object name of the object they are supposed to be used with) since all loaded materials can directly be used by any mesh so otherwise they could be naming conflicts.</text>
-    <text>Material scripts can also be crafted or edited by hand. The format is described in the <a href="http://www.ogre3d.org/docs/manual/manual_14.html">OGRE manual</a>. However not all of the features described there are supported (yet): Especially usage of LOD (Level of Detail) is not yet possible. The usage of pixel, vertex and geometry shaders has some restrictions, as discussed in the section below. For the source1 and source2 fields in the colour_op_ex field in texture units the additional value src_player_colour can be specified to refer to the player color of the object's owner. This can be used to colorize objects (partly) by the player color.</text>
+    <text>Material scripts can also be crafted or edited by hand. The format is described in the <a href="http://www.ogre3d.org/docs/manual/manual_14.html">OGRE manual</a>. However not all of the features described there are supported (yet): Especially pixel, vertex and geometry shaders cannot be used. Also usage of LOD (Level of Detail) is not yet possible. For the source1 and source2 fields in the colour_op_ex field in texture units the additional value src_player_colour can be specified to refer to the player color of the object's owner. This can be used to colorize objects (partly) by the player color.</text>
    <text>At runtime the material script can be changed using the C4Script function <funclink>SetMeshMaterial</funclink>.</text>
-    <h id="Shaders">Shaders</h>
-    <text>Pixel, vertex and geometry Shaders can be used to customize the appearance of an object beyond what is possible by the declarations in OGRE passes and texture units. The <a href="http://www.ogre3d.org/docs/manual/manual_14.html">OGRE manual</a> should be consulted to learn how shaders can be used, however, there are some restrictions in OpenClonk.</text>
-    <text>First and foremost, only shaders written in the GLSL are supported at the moment. None of the <a href="http://www.ogre3d.org/docs/manual/manual_23.html#param_005findexed_005fauto">automatic parameters</a> are available for shaders, however, some of these are implicitly available as GLSL variables.</text>
-    <text>When a custom fragment shader is used, then that shader is responsible for applying the player color and color modulation to the object, since in that case the engine cannot take care of that. The additional parameters mentioned above can be used for that purpose. Also, when a custom fragment shader is used, the colour_op, colour_op_ex, alpha_op and alpha_op_ex directives in all texture units are ignored.</text>
-    <text>When a fragment shader or a vertex shader (or both) are not specified, then standard shaders are generated. The standard shaders expect certain GLSL varying variables to be propagated from the vertex shader to the fragment shader, so if you implement a vertex shader but not a fragment shader, make sure to create the following varying variables:</text>
-    <text>
-      <table>
-        <caption id="OCStandardVaryings">Varying variables used by the standard shader</caption>
-        <rowh>
-          <col>Variable name</col>
-          <col>Type</col>
-          <col>Description</col>
-        </rowh>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>normalDir</literal_col>
-          <literal_col>vec3</literal_col>
-          <col>The interpolated normal vector for lighting calculations.</col>
-        </row>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>texcoord</literal_col>
-          <literal_col>vec2</literal_col>
-          <col>The interpolated texture coordinate, based on the texture coordinates specified in the mesh.</col>
-        </row>
-      </table>
-    </text>
-    <text>The standard fragment shader uses these values and possibly processes them with what is specified in the texture unit declarations. The standard vertex shader creates these values from the GL state, and is independent of the texture units or other declarations. If no custom vertex shader is provided, the following shader is used:</text>
-    <code>varying vec3 normalDir;
-varying vec2 texcoord;
-
-void main()
-{
-  normalDir = normalize(gl_NormalMatrix * gl_Normal);
-  texcoord = gl_MultiTexCoord0.xy;
-  gl_Position = gl_ModelViewProjectionMatrix * gl_Vertex;
-}</code>
-    <text>Shaders for OpenClonk are composed of various shader slices. This allows to add openclonk-specific code to
-    the shaders, such as applying color modulation for objects, or lighting.
-    A slice is specified by <code>slice(position) { ... }</code> in the shader code, and the code within the slice
-    is then used for composing the whole shader code. Uniform variables should be declared outside of any slices. The
-    following position values for slices are defined, and slices are inserted from lower to higher values:</text>
-    <text>
-      <table>
-        <caption id="OCMeshShaderSlices">Defined shader slice positions</caption>
-        <rowh>
-          <col>Slice position</col>
-          <col>Value</col>
-          <col>Description</col>
-        </rowh>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>texcoord</literal_col>
-          <literal_col>50</literal_col>
-          <col>Vertex shader: Should be used to set the <code>texcoord</code> varying variable.</col>
-        </row>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>normal</literal_col>
-          <literal_col>60</literal_col>
-          <col>Vertex shader: Should be used to set the <code>normalDir</code> varying variable.</col>
-        </row>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>position</literal_col>
-          <literal_col>80</literal_col>
-          <col>Vertex shader: Should be used to set the <code>gl_Position</code> variable.</col>
-        </row>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>init</literal_col>
-          <literal_col>0</literal_col>
-          <col>Fragment shader: Should be used for initializing required variables. The standard slices set the initial color value from
-          the mesh material properties here.</col>
-        </row>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>coordinate</literal_col>
-          <literal_col>20</literal_col>
-          <col>Fragment shader: Should be used for calculating custom texture coordinates.</col>
-        </row>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>texture</literal_col>
-          <literal_col>40</literal_col>
-          <col>Fragment shader: Should be used for texture lookups.</col>
-        </row>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>material</literal_col>
-          <literal_col>60</literal_col>
-          <col>Fragment shader: Used by the landscape shader to query the material pixel.</col>
-        </row>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>normal</literal_col>
-          <literal_col>80</literal_col>
-          <col>Fragment shader: Should be used to compute the normal vector.</col>
-        </row>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>light</literal_col>
-          <literal_col>100</literal_col>
-          <col>Fragment shader: Should be used for lighting calculations.</col>
-        </row>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>color</literal_col>
-          <literal_col>120</literal_col>
-          <col>Fragment shader: Should be used for setting the output color value.</col>
-        </row>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>finish</literal_col>
-          <literal_col>140</literal_col>
-          <col>Fragment shader: Final slice position, can be used for debug code overwriting any previous output, for example.</col>
-        </row>
-      </table>
-    </text>
-    <text>A slice position can also have a relative constant offset with a plus or minus sign, such as <code>texture+1</code>. The fragment shader slices should modify the implicitly defined value <code>color</code> of type <code>vec4</code>.</text>
-    <text>In order to make sure that other OGRE mesh viewers can still display the mesh, it is suggested to wrap the slice
-    definitions into corresponding <code>#ifdef</code> blocks. This also allows to, for example, set default light
-    conditions when the mesh is shown in a standalone OGRE mesh viewer. An example is given here:</text>
-    <code>#ifndef OPENCLONK
-#define slice(x)
-#define color gl_FragColor
-varying vec2 texcoord;
-void main()
-{
-  color = vec4(1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0); // or gl_FrontMaterial.ambient;
-#endif
-
-// Shader slices go here.
-slice(XXX) { ... }
-
-#ifndef OPENCLONK
-  // Custom lighting code for standalone mesh viewers can go here
-}
-#endif</code>
-    <text>If the uniform variable <code>oc_PlayerColor</code> is defined with type <code>vec3</code>, it is automatically
-    set by OpenClonk to the player color of ColorByOwner objects.</text>
    <h id="Animations">Animations</h>
    <text>As for bitmap based graphics an object can play an animation while executing an action. To do so first a rig for the model and then an animation needs to be created. When exporting it is saved in the *.skeleton (or *.skeleton.xml for the OGRE XML format) file. To play it during an action the Animation field of the action needs to be set in the <emlink href="definition/actmap.html">ActMap</emlink>. The Facet fields are ignored for mesh graphics.</text>
    <text>It is also possible, via script, to play multiple animations at the same time or to specify transitions between animations. To learn more about this possibility see <emlink href="definition/animations.html">Animations</emlink>.</text>
-    <text>Just as scripts, animations can be appended or included to certain definitions. For this purpose the *.skeleton file has to match a certain pattern: appendto.<i>Definition</i>.skeleton adds the animations in that skeleton to the skeleton that was loaded by <i>Definition</i>. Existing animations will not be overloaded. Similarly, include.<i>Definition</i>.skeleton includes animations. Make sure to name your skeleton accordingly when rigging the mesh, if you want to include animations. Obviously, animations from only one definition can be included, but skeletons from multiple animations can be appended.</text>
-    <h id="Attachment">Attachment of meshes</h>
+    <h id="Attachment">Attachment of meshs</h>
    <text>Meshes can be attached to each other so that they always move together. This allows the clonk to carry objects or to aim with the bow. To attach two meshes the C4Script function <funclink>AttachMesh</funclink> can be used, or <funclink>DetachMesh</funclink> to detach them again. When attaching a bone of both meshes needs to be specified. The attached mesh is then aligned so that its bone has always the same position and orientation as the one to which it is attached.</text>
-    <text>However it needs to be taken care of the fact that only the meshes, that is the graphics of the objects, are attached. The real position of the attached object (so what is returned by the functions <funclink>GetX</funclink> and <funclink>GetY</funclink> or the area in which the object is found by the functions <funclink>Find_AtPoint</funclink>, <funclink>Find_InRect</funclink> or <funclink>Find_AtRect</funclink>) is <em>not</em> affected.</text>
+    <text>However it needs to be taken care of the fact that only the meshes, that is the graphics of the objects, are attached. The real position of the attached object (so what is returned by the functions <funclink>GetX</funclink> and <funclink>GetY</funclink> or the area in which the object is found by the functions <funclink>Find_AtPoint</funclink>, <funclink>Find_InRect</funclink> oder <funclink>Find_AtRect</funclink>) is <em>not</em> affected.</text>
    <h id="Picture">Picture graphics.</h>
    <text>If an object uses a mesh then the Picture entry of the <emlink href="definition/defcore.html">DefCore.txt</emlink> remains without effect. Instead a perspective projection of the mesh will be used. The camera will be placed in the front of the object at a distance so that the mesh is totally covered.</text>
    <text>The position and orientation of the mesh with respect to the camera can be changed by making use of the "PictureTransformation" property. This way it can be shown displaced, rotated or scaled. The property should be assigned an array with 12 integer entries which make up a 3x4 matrix. The first four values specify the first row, the next four values specify the second row and the last four entries specify the third one. Those matrices can be conveniently created using the script functions <funclink>Trans_Identity</funclink>, <funclink>Trans_Translate</funclink>, <funclink>Trans_Rotate</funclink>, <funclink>Trans_Scale</funclink> and <funclink>Trans_Mul</funclink>.</text>
@ -164,5 +35,4 @@ slice(XXX) { ... }
    </ul>
  </part>
  <author>Clonk-Karl</author><date>2010-04</date>
-  <author>Marky</author><date>2015-01</date>
 </doc>
--- a/docs/sdk/definition/ocf.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/definition/ocf.xml
@ -14,6 +14,6 @@
  <text>This script turns all rotatable objects upside down.</text>
  <h id="ocf_fns">OCF Constants</h>
  <text>The following OCFs are defined in C4Script:</text>
-  <text><funclink>OCF_Alive</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Available</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Chop</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Collectible</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Collection</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Construct</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Container</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_CrewMember</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Entrance</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Exclusive</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Fullcon</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Grab</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_HitSpeed1</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_HitSpeed2</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_HitSpeed3</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_HitSpeed4</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Inflammable</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_InFree</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_InLiquid</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_InSolid</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Living</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_NotContained</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_OnFire</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Rotate</funclink></text>
+  <text><funclink>OCF_Alive</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_AttractLightning</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Available</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Chop</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Collectible</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Collection</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Construct</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Container</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_CrewMember</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Entrance</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Exclusive</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Fullcon</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Grab</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_HitSpeed1</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_HitSpeed2</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_HitSpeed3</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_HitSpeed4</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Inflammable</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_InFree</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_InLiquid</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_InSolid</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Living</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_NotContained</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_OnFire</funclink>, <funclink>OCF_Rotate</funclink></text>
  <author>Sven2</author><date>2002-05</date>
 </doc>
--- a/docs/sdk/definition/procedures.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/definition/procedures.xml
@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
      <row id="CONNECT">
        <col>DFA_CONNECT</col>
        <col>Line connections</col>
-        <col>Only <emlink href="definition/lineconnect.html">line objects</emlink>. Connects <emlink href="script/fn/SetAction.html">target object 1</emlink> and <emlink href="script/fn/SetAction.html">target object 2</emlink>.</col>
+        <col>Only <emlink href="definition/lineconnect.html">line objects</emlink>. Connects <emlink href="script/fn/SetAction.html">target object 1</emlink> and <emlink href="script/fn/SetAction.html">target object 2</emlink>. If property LineMaxDistance is a nonzero integer, the line breaks when the target objects are further apart than the given distance.</col>
        <col>CNAT_None</col>
      </row>
      <row id="PULL">
--- a/docs/sdk/definition/properties.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/definition/properties.xml
@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Stand = {
        <row>
          <col><code>Prototype</code></col>
          <col>proplist</col>
-          <col>Deprecated. Use <funclink>SetPrototype</funclink> and <funclink>GetPrototype</funclink>.</col>
+          <col></col>
        </row>
        <row>
          <col><code>Name</code></col>
@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ Stand = {
        <row>
          <col><code>Touchable</code></col>
          <col>int</col>
-          <col>1 the object can be grabbed and pushed, 2 the object can only be grabbed.</col>
+          <col>1 the object can be grabbed, 2 the object can be grabbed and pushed</col>
        </row>
        <row>
          <col><code>ActMap</code></col>
          <col>proplist</col>
-          <col>See the <emlink href="definition/actmap.html">detailed description of the ActMap</emlink>.</col>
+          <col>See the <emlink href="definition/actmap.html">detailed description of the ActMap</emlink></col>
        </row>
        <row>
          <col><code>Visibility</code></col>
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Stand = {
        <row id="Plane">
          <col><code>Plane</code></col>
          <col>int</col>
-          <col>The Object's minor Z-Position. Negative values are behind the landscape, positive values before it. Use 1-399 for stuff behind Clonks, 401-999 for stuff before Clonks, and 1000+ for GUI objects. Global particles are on 900.</col>
+          <col>The Object's minor Z-Position. Negative values are behind the landscape, positive values before it. Use 1-399 for stuff behind Clonks, 401-999 for stuff before Clonks, and 1000+ for GUI objects.</col>
        </row>
        <row id="SolidMaskPlane">
          <col><code>SolidMaskPlane</code></col>
@ -144,11 +144,6 @@ Stand = {
          <literal_col>Placement</literal_col>
          <col>Integer</col>
          <col>Placement: 0 land surface, 1 in liquid, 2 in mid-air, 3 underground, 4 land surface and underground.</col>
-        </row>
-		<row>
-          <literal_col>ContainBlast</literal_col>
-          <col>bool</col>
-          <col>True or false. Determines whether explosions in the object's contents affect other objects outside.</col>
        </row>
 		<row>
          <literal_col>BlastIncinerate</literal_col>
@ -168,37 +163,7 @@ Stand = {
 		<row>
          <literal_col>ContactIncinerate</literal_col>
          <col>Integer</col>
-          <col>Probability of incineration by contact: 0 none, or 1 (high) to 5 (low). Implies MaterialIncinerate.</col>
-        </row>
-		<row>
-          <literal_col>MaterialIncinerate</literal_col>
-          <col>bool</col>
-          <col>Incineration when submerged in incendiary material.</col>
-        </row>
-		<row>
-          <literal_col>FireproofContainer</literal_col>
-          <col>bool</col>
-          <col>Anything contained in this object does not catch fire when submerged in incendiary material.</col>
-        </row>
-		<row>
-          <literal_col>EditCursorCommands</literal_col>
-          <col>Array</col>
-          <col>Array of functions made available in the context menu when right-clicking an object in the editor. Functions may be either strings (like "Explode(20)") or function pointers (like this.Hit). Function pointers are always called by name.</col>
-        </row>
-		<row>
-          <literal_col>BorderBound</literal_col>
-          <col>Integer</col>
-          <col>Bit mask indicating object boundaries: stop at map sides (C4D_Border_Sides), stop at map top (C4D_Border_Top), stop at map bottom (C4D_Border_Sides), stop at object layer boundaries (C4D_Border_Layer). For example BorderBound = C4D_Border_Top | C4D_Border_Bottom.</col>
-        </row>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>ContactCalls</literal_col>
-          <col>bool</col>
-          <col>True or false. If true, <emlink href="definition/cnat.html">ContactCalls</emlink> are called in the object script.</col>
-        </row>
-        <row>
-          <literal_col>Components</literal_col>
-          <col>array</col>
-          <col>List of definitions and counts specifying the components of an object. Example: Components = {Rock = 1, Wood = 3};</col>
+          <col>Probability of incineration by contact: 0 none, or 1 (high) to 5 (low).</col>
        </row>
      </table>
    </text>
--- a/docs/sdk/definition/script.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/definition/script.xml
@ -33,11 +33,6 @@
          <col>Parameter</col>
          <col>Description</col>
        </rowh>
-        <row id="Initialize">
-          <literal_col>Definition</literal_col>
-          <col></col>
-          <col>Called in definition context after all definitions have been loaded and before definition properties are frozen. Use this callback to initialize complex definition properties such as EditorProps or dependencies between definitions. Definition() callbacks are performed in descending order of the DefinitionPriority property or 0 if that property is not defined.</col>
-        </row>
        <row id="Initialize">
          <literal_col>Initialize</literal_col>
          <col></col>
@ -53,11 +48,6 @@
          <col></col>
          <col>When the object is removed.</col>
        </row>
-        <row id="EditorInitialize">
-          <literal_col>EditorInitialize</literal_col>
-          <col></col>
-          <col>Called after Construction and Initialize when the object is placed in the editor.</col>
-        </row>
        <row id="Hit">
          <literal_col>Hit</literal_col>
          <col></col>
@ -96,7 +86,7 @@
 		<row id="DigOutObject">
          <literal_col>DigOutObject</literal_col>
          <col>object obj</col>
-          <col>When the object dug out another object that was stuck in solid material or when a new object is created from material during digging.</col>
+          <col>When the object dug out another object that was stucked in solid material.</col>
        </row>
 		<row id="DugOut">
          <literal_col>DugOut</literal_col>
@ -198,15 +188,15 @@
          <col>object by</col>
          <col>Called before the object is hit or punched by another object. By returning <code>true</code>, QueryCatchBlow can reject physical blows.</col>
        </row>
-        <row id="OnLineBreak">
-          <literal_col>OnLineBreak</literal_col>
+        <row id="LineBreak">
+          <literal_col>LineBreak</literal_col>
          <col>int cause</col>
          <col>When a line object is broken. cause: 0 by movement, 1 because of a missing or incomplete target object.</col>
        </row>
-        <row id="OnLineChange">
-          <literal_col>OnLineChange</literal_col>
-          <col>int cause</col>
-          <col>When a line object is changed, that is when one of it vertices changed its position.</col>
+        <row id="BuildNeedsMaterial">
+          <literal_col>BuildNeedsMaterial</literal_col>
+          <col>id material_definition, int amount</col>
+          <col>When the object is building another object and building material is required. The parameters are the type and amount of the first needed material. If this function returns <code>true</code>, no material message is displayed above the object.</col>
        </row>
        <row id="AttachTargetLost">
          <literal_col>AttachTargetLost</literal_col>
@ -343,15 +333,15 @@
          <col>int player, int new_team, int old_team</col>
          <col>Callback in game goal, rule, and environment objects and in the scenario script. Called when a player has successfully switch from old_team to new_team (see <funclink>SetPlayerTeam</funclink>).</col>
        </row>
-        <row id="OnCompletionChange">
-          <literal_col>OnCompletionChange</literal_col>
-          <col>int old_con, int new_con</col>
-          <col>Callback in when the completion of the object has changed (see <funclink>GetCon</funclink>, <funclink>DoCon</funclink> and <funclink>SetCon</funclink>).</col>
+        <row id="EditCursorSelection">
+          <literal_col>EditCursorSelection</literal_col>
+          <col></col>
+          <col>When object is selected in editor. Use this callback to display extra information for scenario designers.</col>
        </row>
-        <row id="EditCursorMoved">
-          <literal_col>EditCursorMoved</literal_col>
-          <col>int old_x, int old_y</col>
-          <col>When object is moved in editor. Callback is also done when moved in non-network pause mode. old_x, old_y contains object position before movement.</col>
+        <row id="EditCursorDeselection">
+          <literal_col>EditCursorDeselection</literal_col>
+          <col></col>
+          <col>When object is deselected in editor. Use this callback to hide any information previously shown in EditCursorSelection.</col>
        </row>
        <row id="SaveScenarioObject">
          <literal_col>SaveScenarioObject</literal_col>
@ -516,19 +506,6 @@ func SaveScenarioObject(props)
        </row>
      </table>
    </text>
-    <text>Properties published to the editor as EditorProps can also be saved automatically by setting the Save property of the EditorProp to a string that serves as an identifier so saved properties can be removed by derived definitions. These properties are atuomatically saved if they are different from their default value. E.g.:</text>
-   <code>/* Define two properties that can be set in the editor */
-// foo is a property with a setter function
-local foo = 42;
-public func SetFoo(new_foo) { foo = new_foo; return true; }
-
-// bar is just a property without setter
-local bar = 23;
-
-local EditorProps = {
-  foo = { Type="int", Set="SetFoo", Save="Foo" }; // saved as object->SetFoo(value); unless foo is 42.
-  bar = { Type="int", Save="Bar"; } // saved as object.bar = value; unless bar is 23.
-};</code>
    <text>By default, effects are not saved in scenarios. To force saving of an effect, define the Fx*SaveScen callback. For example, the fire effect saves itself like this:</text>
 <code>global func FxFireSaveScen(object obj, proplist fx, proplist props)
 {
--- a/docs/sdk/definition/visibility.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/definition/visibility.xml
@ -54,10 +54,6 @@ this.Visibility = [<funclink>VIS_Enemies</funclink>]; // This is also possible (
        <col><code>VIS_OverlayOnly</code></col>
        <col>Only overlays will be visible, other visibility-rules still apply.</col>
      </row>
-      <row id="VIS_Editor">
-        <col><code>VIS_Editor</code></col>
-        <col>Visible in editor (both neutral and player viewports).</col>
-      </row>
    </table>
    </text>
    <related>
--- a/docs/sdk/files.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/files.xml
@ -28,7 +28,6 @@
      <text>Graphics, sound, and music of the original game are grouped in these folders and should not be modified.</text>
      <text>Using the menu system, group files can be edited and/or converted to normal directories. Group file components can then be edited using common applications for text or graphics editing. Menu system and game engine can both load packed group files or unpacked directories directly.</text>
      <text>Unpacking group files greatly increases speed while editing large or deeply nested groups.</text>
-      <text>The global file Sound.ocg may contain any subfolders with .ocg extension to define sound namespaces. For example, a file Sound.ocg/Animals.ocg/Growl.ogg can be played back using <funclink>Sound</funclink>("Animals::Growl").</text>
    </dd>
  </dl>
  <author>Sven2</author><date>2002-04</date>
--- a/docs/sdk/folder/folder.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/folder/folder.xml
@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
-<!DOCTYPE doc
-  SYSTEM '../../clonk.dtd'>
-<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../../clonk.xsl"?>
-<doc>
-  <title>Folder.txt</title>
-  <h>Folder.txt</h>
-  <part>
-    <text>Scenario folders can contain a file with certain properties, like ordering of the folders in the front end.</text>
-    <text>
-      <table>
-        <caption id="SektionHead">Section [Head]</caption>
-        <rowh>
-          <col>Value</col>
-          <col>Data type</col>
-          <col>Description</col>
-        </rowh>
-        <row>
-          <col>Index</col>
-          <col>Integer</col>
-          <col>Determines the ordering of this folder, folders with low index appear first in the folder list.</col>
-        </row>
-      </table>
-    </text>
-  </part>
-  <author>Maikel</author><date>2015-01</date>
-</doc>
--- a/docs/sdk/folder/index.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/folder/index.xml
@ -25,10 +25,11 @@
      <dd>
        <text>The icon of a scenario folder which is to be displayed instead of the book icon. 24x24 pixels, alpha channel is used for transparency.</text>
      </dd>
-      <dt id="Desc__txt"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/>Desc*.txt</dt>
+      <dt id="Desc__rtf"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/>Desc*.rtf</dt>
      <dd>
-        <text>The description of the folder. '__' must be replaced by the two digit language code, e.g. DE for German and US for American English. Multiple descriptions for several languages can be contained in a folder file of which the game will automatically load the one appropriate for the configured language.</text>
-        <text>The first line of the file will be used as a heading.</text>
+        <text>The description text of the scenario in rich text format (rtf). '__' is to be replaced by the two digit language code, e.g. DE for German and US for American English. Multiple descriptions for several languages can be contained in a scenario file of which the game will automatically load the one appropriate for the configured language.</text>
+        <text>The font of the description text is set internally on display. The character size in the file should be 10pt for headings and 8pt for text. Images or other rtf tags are ignored.</text>
+        <text>It is recommended to edit this file using a small scale rtf editor such as WordPad.exe in Windows and not a full-blown word processor such as Word as these will stuff kilobytes of unneeded extra information into the rtf file.</text>
      </dd>
      <dt id="Titletxt"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/>Title.txt</dt>
      <dd>
@ -36,10 +37,6 @@
        <code>DE:Meine Rundensammlung
 US:My scenario collection</code>        <text>Important: No quotation marks and special characters should be used.</text>
      </dd>
-      <dt id="Foldertxt"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/><emlink href="folder/folder.html">Folder.txt</emlink></dt>
-      <dd>
-        <text>Scenario folders can contain a file with some properties for the folder.</text>
-      </dd>
      <dt id="FolderMaptxt"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/><emlink href="folder/foldermap.html">FolderMap.txt</emlink></dt>
      <dd>
        <text>Scenario folders can also contain graphical folder maps for the selection of scenarios.</text>
--- a/docs/sdk/index.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/index.xml
@ -13,6 +13,8 @@
 	<h>Get started</h>
 	<text><emlink href="files.html">Game data</emlink> - Get an overview over the game data needed for the creation of custom game content.</text>
 	<text><emlink href="script/index.html">C4Script</emlink> - View the introduction to the script language C4Script.</text>
+	<h>Search the documentation</h>
+	<search/>
  </part>
  <author>Newton</author><date>2011-08</date>
 </doc>
--- a/docs/sdk/lang.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/lang.xml
@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ US:Attack of the Killer Wipfs
        <code>FR:Les wipfes moerderesque attaquent</code>        <text>If an entry for the choosen language is present, the Title entry from the <emlink href="scenario/scenario.html#SektionHead">Scenario.txt</emlink> is replaced by the corresponding name.</text>
        <text>Important: No quotation marks and special characters should be used.</text>
      </dd>
-      <dt id="Desctxt"><img height="16" src="../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/>Desc*.txt</dt>
+      <dt id="Desctxt"><img height="16" src="../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/>Desc*.rtf</dt>
      <dd>
-        <text>To customize the description of a <emlink href="scenario/index.html#Desc__txt">scenario</emlink> language dependant, a Desc*.txt in the scenario has to be present. (The * is a placeholder for the language abbreviation)</text>
+        <text>To customize the description of a <emlink href="scenario/index.html#Desc__rtf">scenario</emlink> language dependant, a Desc*.rtf in the scenario has to be present. (The * is a placeholder for the language abbreviation)</text>
      </dd>
      <dt id="Sciptc"><img height="16" src="../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/>Script.c, Teams.txt</dt>
      <dd>
--- a/docs/sdk/material/index.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/material/index.xml
@ -11,19 +11,17 @@
    <dl>
      <dt id="TexMaptxt"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/>TexMap.txt</dt>
      <dd>
-        <text>Lookup table for color indices in static and dynamic landscapes. Colors 0-255 are matched to a material-texture-reference, except in Map.bmp static landscapes, where colors 0-127 are matched to a material-texture reference, and 128-255 are matched to the same list of references, except they are marked 'underground'.</text>
-        <text>Each line may contain one material-texture-entry in the format Index=Material-Texture. For example, 12=Earth-earth-topsoil would define color index 12 as earth material with the texture taken from a file called earth-topsoil.png.</text>
-        <text>The engine will draw materials in the order they are defined in the TexMap file, irrespective of assigned palette indices. Materials drawn late overwrite materials drawn early so that, e.g. using the standard table, rough chunks of earth will overlap water which has a smooth border. Mineral resources have an even higher index so that their rough border overlaps the earth and not the other way around. For this reason, there might be differing numbers of total pixels of a given material drawn than you might expect just from calculating the square sizes of the unzoomed map materials.</text>
+        <text>Lookup table for color indices in static and dynamic landscapes. Colors 0-127 are matched to a material-texture-reference. Colors 128-255 are matched to the same list of references only these are marked 'underground'.</text>
+        <text>The engine will draw materials with a higher index above those with a lower index so that, e.g. using the standard table, rough chunks of earth will overlap water which has a smooth border. Mineral resources have an even higher index so that their rough border overlaps the earth and not the other way around. This is also the reason why there might be differing numbers of total pixels of a given material drawn than you might expect just from calculating the square sizes of the unzoomed map materials.</text>
        <text>If a custom map fails with the message 'texture n undefined' you should define the specified texture in the TexMap. You should always use a paint program capable of editing indexed color palettes without modifying the palette (MS Paint is not suited for this).</text>
      </dd>
      <dt id="ocm"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_material.png" width="16"/><emlink href="material/ocm.html">*.ocm</emlink></dt>
      <dd>
-        <text>The engine will accept up to 252 material definitions at a time. OCM files a simple text files. The materials Vehicle, Tunnel, Water, Snow, Granite, Sand, and Earth must always be available.</text>
+        <text>The engine will accept up to 125 material definitions at a time. OCM files a simple text files. The materials Vehicle, Tunnel, Water, Snow, Granite, Sand, and Earth must always be available.</text>
      </dd>
-      <dt id="bmp"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_image.png" width="16"/>*.png, *.jpg</dt>
+      <dt id="bmp"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_image.png" width="16"/>*.png</dt>
      <dd>
        <text>There can be any number of textures in any material group. Width and height of each bitmap must be powers of 2 (that is 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, etc.).</text>
-        <text>Each texture may optionally have a normal map named texturename_NRM.jpg and a shape texture named texturename_Shape.png (see section below).</text>
      </dd>
    </dl>
    <h id="MaterialTexturReferenzen">Material-Texture-References</h>
@ -44,11 +42,7 @@
        </row>
      </table>
    </text>
-    <h id="TextureShapes">Texture shapes</h>
-    <text>Shape textures may be used to denote individual objects like rocks or bricks within a texture. When zooming the map to the landscape, the engine tries to zoom such that only complete objects from the shape texture are used in the final landscape. This is achieved by completing all shapes that have a minimum coverage from the map pixels zoomed at flat shape. The minimum coverage can be set per material using the MinShapeOverlap setting.</text>
-    <text>Texture files should be named [Texturename]_Shape.png and use one distinct color per shape. Shapes may (and should) wrap around borders, but must not exceed 25% of the total texture size in each dimension. Areas outside a shape must be made fully transparent. All shape colors must be exact, i.e. no anti-aliasing between shapes or to transparency may be used. Shape files should have be sized as a whole multiple of the corresponding texture size divided by its scaler (usually 4). A maximum of 255 shapes may be defined in each texture. See granite_Shape.png in the original Materials.ocg for an example.</text>
-    <text>For debugging purposes, e.g. for finding problems with spurious single pixels, a summary of all loaded shape textures can be printed to the startup log by setting DebugShapeTextures in the [Developers] section of the configuration to a nonzero unsigned integer.</text>
  </part>
-  <author>Sven2</author><date>2015-10</date>
+  <author>Sven2</author><date>2002-04</date>
  <author>matthes</author><date>2004-04</date>
 </doc>
--- a/docs/sdk/material/ocm.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/material/ocm.xml
@ -106,12 +106,9 @@
          <col>Inflammability.</col>
        </row>
        <row>
-          <col>Incendiary</col>
+          <col>Incindiary</col>
          <col>Integer</col>
-          <col>
-            This material incinerates objects.
-            <em>Note: For compatibility reasons, the misspelling &quot;Incindiary&quot; is also accepted if (and only if) no value with the correct spelling is set.</em>
-          </col>
+          <col>This material incinerates objects.</col>
        </row>
        <row>
          <col>Corrode</col>
@ -133,11 +130,6 @@
          <col>Integer</col>
          <col>Plants grow on this material.</col>
        </row>
-        <row>
-          <col>Light</col>
-          <col>Integer</col>
-          <col>0 or 1. If greater than zero, ambient light is emitted from this material even if drawn unterground.</col>
-        </row>
        <row>
          <col>TempConvStrength</col>
          <col>Integer</col>
@ -193,6 +185,11 @@
          <col>Integer</col>
          <col>Direction of temperature conversion: 0 bottom up, 1 top down</col>
        </row>
+        <row>
+          <col>Alpha</col>
+          <col>6 integers</col>
+          <col>Transparency of the three material colors.</col>
+        </row>
        <row>
          <col>Placement</col>
          <col>Integer</col>
@ -206,7 +203,7 @@
        <row>
          <col>OverlayType</col>
          <col>Integer</col>
-          <col>Bit mask for texture calculation on this material. Bit 0 (1): exact (no zoom), bit 1 (2): no texture, bit 2 (4): extra large zoom</col>
+          <col>Bit mask for texture calculation on this material. Bit 0 (1): exact (no zoom), bit 1 (2): no texture, bit 2 (4): extra large zoom, bit 3 (8): calculate texture based on gray scale.</col>
        </row>
        <row>
          <col>PXSGfx</col>
@ -218,11 +215,6 @@
          <col>4 integers</col>
          <col>Target rectangle for the graphics of loose material pixels. Additional phases on the right and below the specified rectangle will be used. The rectangle should always start in the top left corner and use the complete texture size.</col>
        </row>
-        <row>
-          <col>MinShapeOverlap</col>
-          <col>Integer</col>
-          <col>Used during map-to-landscape zooming when drawn with a texture with shape definitions: Minimum overlap of map pixels to corresponding shapes to cause a full shape expansion. See <emlink href="material/index.html#TextureShapes">Shape textures</emlink>.</col>
-        </row>
      </table>
    </text>
  </part>
@ -375,11 +367,8 @@
          <col>The background material.</col>
        </row>
        <row>
-          <col>Incendiary</col>
-          <col>
-            All materials that can incinerate objects.
-            <em>Note: For compatibility reasons, the misspelling &quot;Incindiary&quot; is also accepted.</em>
-          </col>
+          <col>Incindiary</col>
+          <col>All materials to be incinerated.</col>
        </row>
        <row>
          <col>Extinguisher</col>
@ -449,5 +438,5 @@
 The return value of the function should be either 1 for removal or 0 for keeping the loose material.
    </text>
  </part>
-  <author>Sven2</author><date>2015-10</date>
+  <author>Sven2</author><date>2006-12</date>
 </doc>
--- a/docs/sdk/particle/index.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/particle/index.xml
@ -57,8 +57,6 @@
      <funclink>PV_KeyFrames</funclink>
      <funclink>PV_Wind</funclink>
      <funclink>PV_Gravity</funclink>
-	  <funclink>PV_Sin</funclink>
-	  <funclink>PV_Cos</funclink>
 	  </text>
    <text>
      <table>
@ -137,11 +135,6 @@
          <col>CollisionVertex</col>
          <col>0 to 1000</col>
          <col>The offset of the particle's hit point relative to its width. When set, the particle will collide with the landscape. 0 means the particle will collide with its center.</col>
-        </row>
-		<row>
-          <col>CollisionDensity</col>
-          <col>Integer</col>
-          <col>The material density above which the particle will collide. This can be used to let the particle collide with liquids. By default, particles collide with solid material if the collision is enabled. Also see <emlink href="material/ocm.html">material definitions</emlink>.</col>
        </row>
 		<row>
          <col>OnCollision</col>
@ -151,7 +144,7 @@
 		<row>
          <col>Attach</col>
          <col>bit mask</col>
-          <col>Defines the attachment of the particles to the calling object. Can be a combination of ATTACH_Front, ATTACH_Back, and ATTACH_MoveRelative. For example <code>ATTACH_Front | ATTACH_MoveRelative. Non-attached particles are drawn on plane 900 (i.e. before most objects).</code></col>
+          <col>Defines the attachment of the particles to the calling object. Can be a combination of ATTACH_Front, ATTACH_Back, and ATTACH_MoveRelative. For example <code>ATTACH_Front | ATTACH_MoveRelative</code></col>
        </row>
      </table>
    </text>
--- a/docs/sdk/playercontrols.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/playercontrols.xml
@ -39,32 +39,32 @@
        <row>
          <literal_col>Global</literal_col>
          <col>Boolean</col>
-          <col>If true this is a global definition, i.e. not assigned to a particular player. See <emlink href="playercontrols.html#Globals">Global definitions</emlink>.</col>
+          <col>If true this is a global definition, i.e. not assigned to a particular player. See <emlink href="playercontrols.xml#Globals">Global definitions</emlink>.</col>
        </row>
        <row>
          <literal_col>Hold</literal_col>
          <col>Boolean</col>
-          <col>If true this command is interpreted as a held command. Such a command remembers whether the control key is pressed and generates another scripting event when it is released. See <emlink href="playercontrols.html#Hold">Held keys</emlink>.</col>
+          <col>If true this command is interpreted as a held command. Such a command remembers whether the control key is pressed and generates another scripting event when it is released. See <emlink href="playercontrols.xml#Hold">Held keys</emlink>.</col>
        </row>
        <row>
          <literal_col>RepeatDelay</literal_col>
          <col>Integer</col>
-          <col>Only valid if <em>Hold</em> is true. If greater than 0 then this key generates additional scripting events while pressed every that many number of frames. See <emlink href="playercontrols.html#Repeat">Key repeats</emlink>.</col>
+          <col>Only valid if <em>Hold</em> is true. If greater than 0 then this key generates additional scripting events while pressed every that many number of frames. See <emlink href="playercontrols.xml#Repeat">Key repeats</emlink>.</col>
        </row>
        <row>
          <literal_col>InitialRepeatDelay</literal_col>
          <col>Integer</col>
-          <col>If specified then the delay of the first key repeat event can be changed. See <emlink href="playercontrols.html#Repeat">Key repeats</emlink>.</col>
+          <col>If specified then the delay of the first key repeat event can be changed. See <emlink href="playercontrols.xml#Repeat">Key repeats</emlink>.</col>
        </row>
        <row>
          <literal_col>DefaultDisabled</literal_col>
          <col>Boolean</col>
-          <col>If true then the command is deactivated in the normal case and needs to be activated by script first. This is useful for commands that are only required in special situations. See <emlink href="playercontrols.html#Deactivate">Deactivated commands</emlink>.</col>
+          <col>If true then the command is deactivated in the normal case and needs to be activated by script first. This is useful for commands that are only required in special situations. See <emlink href="playercontrols.xml#Deactivate">Deactivated commands</emlink>.</col>
        </row>
        <row>
          <literal_col>ExtraData</literal_col>
          <col>C4ID</col>
-          <col>Optional ID that is passed to the script function. See <emlink href="playercontrols.html#ExtraData">ExtraData</emlink>.</col>
+          <col>Optional ID that is passed to the script function. See <emlink href="playercontrols.xml#ExtraData">ExtraData</emlink>.</col>
        </row>
        <row>
          <literal_col>CoordinateSpace</literal_col>
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
              </row>
              <row>
                <literal_col>Script</literal_col>
-                <col>Execution of the script function <em>PlayerControl</em>. See <emlink href="playercontrols.html#Script">Script callbacks</emlink>. (Default value)</col>
+                <col>Execution of the script function <em>PlayerControl</em>. See <emlink href="playercontrols.xml#Script">Script callbacks</emlink>. (Default value)</col>
              </row>
              <row>
                <literal_col>ZoomIn</literal_col>
@ -184,17 +184,17 @@
       <row>
         <literal_col>Key</literal_col>
         <col>String</col>
-         <col>Specifies the key(s) of this mapping or a reference to another mapping. See <emlink href="playercontrols.html#Keys">Key mappings</emlink>.</col>
+         <col>Specifies the key(s) of this mapping or a reference to another mapping. See <emlink href="playercontrols.xml#Keys">Key mappings</emlink>.</col>
       </row>
       <row>
         <literal_col>ComboIsSequence</literal_col>
         <col>Boolean</col>
-         <col>If true then multiple keys are taken as a sequence, i.e. they need to be pressed one after the other instead of all at the same time. See <emlink href="playercontrols.html#Keys">Key mappings</emlink>.</col>
+         <col>If true then multiple keys are taken as a sequence, i.e. they need to be pressed one after the other instead of all at the same time. See <emlink href="playercontrols.xml#Keys">Key mappings</emlink>.</col>
       </row>
       <row>
         <literal_col>Control</literal_col>
         <col>String</col>
-         <col>Command that is combined with this mapping. The name should be equivalent to the <em>Identifier</em> of a command defined in a <emlink href="playercontrols.html#ControlDef">[ControlDef]</emlink>.</col>
+         <col>Command that is combined with this mapping. The name should be equivalent to the <em>Identifier</em> of a command defined in a <emlink href="playercontrols.xml#ControlDef">[ControlDef]</emlink>.</col>
       </row>
       <row>
         <literal_col>GUIName</literal_col>
@ -239,11 +239,11 @@
             </row>
             <row>
               <literal_col>Hold</literal_col>
-               <col>The key changes the state of the command linked to to be held even if the key itself is pressed only shortly. Only valid if the <em>Hold</em> attribute is set for the command. This state remains until a corresponding mapping with trigger mode <em>Release</em> is being pressed. See <emlink href="playercontrols.html#Hold">Held keys</emlink>.</col>
+               <col>The key changes the state of the command linked to to be held even if the key itself is pressed only shortly. Only valid if the <em>Hold</em> attribute is set for the command. This state remains until a corresponding mapping with trigger mode <em>Release</em> is being pressed. See <emlink href="playercontrols.xml#Hold">Held keys</emlink>.</col>
             </row>
             <row>
               <literal_col>Release</literal_col>
-               <col>The key removes the held state. A key can have both Hold and Release set to toggle between the two states. See <emlink href="playercontrols.html#Hold">Held keys</emlink>.</col>
+               <col>The key removes the held state. A key can have both Hold and Release set to toggle between the two states. See <emlink href="playercontrols.xml#Hold">Held keys</emlink>.</col>
             </row>
             <row>
               <literal_col>AlwaysUnhandled</literal_col>
@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
  return true;
 }</code>
    <text>most commands (except for asynchronous commands in the player menu) call a global script function:</text>
-    <code>global func PlayerControl(int player, int control, C4ID control_extra, int x, int y, int strength, bool repeated, int state)</code>
+    <code>global func PlayerControl(int player, int control, C4ID control_extra, int x, int y, int strength, bool repeated, bool release)</code>
    <text>For an explanation of the parameters see <funclink>PlayerControl</funclink>. Amongst others, the function receives the calling player in player as well as the command to be executed in control.</text>
    <text>As a simple example let's assume that in the global <em>PlayerControls.txt</em> the following command has been defined:</text>
    <code>[ControlDefs]
@ -293,11 +293,11 @@
    Control=Jump
    Priority=50</code>
    <text>This defines a Jump key and the corresponding standard mapping on the keyboard for the first player. The following script is used to handle the control:</text>
-    <code>global func PlayerControl(int player, int control, C4ID control_extra, int x, int y, int strength, bool repeated, int state)
+    <code>global func PlayerControl(int player, int control, C4ID control_extra, int x, int y, int strength, bool repeated, bool release)
 {
  // Which command has been issued?
  // The constant CON_Jump has been declared automatically through the definition in PlayerControls.txt
-  if (control == CON_Jump &amp;&amp; state == CONS_Down)
+  if (control == CON_Jump &amp;&amp; !release)
  {
    // pressed the jump button. The clonk selected by the player shall jump
    var player_clonk = GetCursor(player);
@ -319,17 +319,17 @@
  GUIDesc=Going underground
  ExtraData=Shovel</code>
    <text>Let shovel be the ID of a shovel object. In the global script there could be the following, generic handling for unknown commands, for example:</text>
-    <code>global func PlayerControl(int player, int control, C4ID control_extra, int x, int y, int strength, bool repeated, int state)
+    <code>global func PlayerControl(int player, int control, C4ID control_extra, int x, int y, int strength, bool repeated, bool release)
 {
  // Handling of known controls
  // [...]
  // control with own handling
-  if (control_extra) return control_extra-&gt;PlayerControl(player, control, x, y, strength, repeat, state);
+  if (control_extra) return control_extra-&gt;PlayerControl(player, control, x, y, strength, repeat, release);
  // unkown control
  return false;
 }</code>
    <text>And in the script of the shovel:</text>
-    <code>func PlayerControl(int player, int control, int x, int y, int strength, bool repeated, int state)
+    <code>func PlayerControl(int player, int control, int x, int y, int strength, bool repeated, bool release)
 {
  // Handling of known controls
  // Control dig directly in the shovel
@ -351,9 +351,8 @@
      <ul>
        <li>When released they also generate <funclink>PlayerControl</funclink> calls in the script with the <em>Release</em> flag set.</li>
        <li>Mappings can emulate permanent key presses using the <em>Hold</em>/<em>Release</em> flags.</li>
-        <li><emlink href="playercontrols.html#Repeat">Key repeats</emlink> are generated.</li>
+        <li><emlink href="playercontrols.xml#Repeat">Key repeats</emlink> are generated.</li>
        <li>The held state of the key can be queried in the script via <funclink>GetPlayerControlState</funclink>.</li>
-        <li>If the command is bound to an analog stick or trigger on a controller, every change in position causes in a call to PlayerControl() with state = CONS_Moved.</li>
      </ul>
    </text>
    <text>A good example for this functionality is a directional command:</text>
@ -363,7 +362,7 @@
  GUIDesc=Walk left
  Hold=1</code>
    <text>In the script the direction is transferred to the Clonk:</text>
-    <code>global func PlayerControl(int player, int control, C4ID control_extra, int x, int y, int strength, bool repeated, int state)
+    <code>global func PlayerControl(int player, int control, C4ID control_extra, int x, int y, int strength, bool repeated, bool release)
 {
  if (control == CON_Left) return UpdateControlDir(player);
  // ...
--- a/docs/sdk/scenario/ParameterDefs.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/scenario/ParameterDefs.xml
@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
-<!DOCTYPE doc
-  SYSTEM '../../clonk.dtd'>
-<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../../clonk.xsl"?>
-<doc>
-  <title>ParameterDefs.txt</title>
-  <h>ParameterDefs.txt</h>
-  <text>This file can be used to specify custom parameters that players can set for this scenario before starting it. Intended usages include difficulty or map size settings.</text>
-  <text>Names and descriptions can be localized the same way scripts can using $id$ strings and corresponding string table entries.</text>
-  <text>At the moment, parameters can only be set in the lobby of network games.</text>
-  <text>
-    <table>
-      <caption id="SektionDefs">Any number of sections [ParameterDef]</caption>
-      <rowh>
-        <col>Value</col>
-        <col>Data type</col>
-        <col>Description</col>
-        <col>Default value</col>
-      </rowh>
-      <row>
-        <col>Name</col>
-        <col>String</col>
-        <col>Label put in front of this parameter.</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Description</col>
-        <col>String</col>
-        <col>Description for setting used as tool tip on the control.</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>ID</col>
-        <col>String</col>
-        <col>Identifier for this parameter. Should be a valid identifier containing only letters, numbers and underscores and should not begin with a number. The script engine prefixes this name with SCENPAR_ and uses it to register the picked value as a constant before game initialization.</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Type</col>
-        <col>String</col>
-        <col>Data type of parameter. At the moment, only Enumeration is supported.</col>
-        <col>Enumeration</col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Default</col>
-        <col>Integer</col>
-        <col>Value of default option that is chosen if the user does not select anything.</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>LeagueValue</col>
-        <col>Integer</col>
-        <col>If nonzero, the parameter will be forced to this vlaue in league games.</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Achievement</col>
-        <col>String</col>
-        <col>If set to an achievement ID, this parameter is hidden in the selection dialogue and only used to track player achievements for this scenario. See section below.</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-    </table>
-  </text>
-  <text>Each parameter of type Enumeration should be followed by subordinate section [Options], which contains several subordinate sections [Option]. Subordinate sections need to be indented further than their parent section.</text>
-  <text>
-    <table>
-      <caption id="SektionOption">Any number of sections [Option]</caption>
-      <rowh>
-        <col>Value</col>
-        <col>Data type</col>
-        <col>Description</col>
-        <col>Default value</col>
-      </rowh>
-      <row>
-        <col>Name</col>
-        <col>String</col>
-        <col>Label used in dropdown menu for this option.</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Description</col>
-        <col>String</col>
-        <col>Description for element in dropdown menu for this option. Currently not shown.</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Value</col>
-        <col>Integer</col>
-        <col>Value that is assigned to the script constant if this option is picked. Each option within one parameter definition should have a unique value.</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-      </row>
-    </table>
-  </text>
-  <h>Achievements</h>
-  <text>Scenario achievements are special parameter definitions for which the values are stored per player and per scenario. These parameters cannot be set maually, but can only be gained in game using the <funclink>GainScenarioAchievement</funclink> function. Each achievement that has been gained is represented by a small image beside the scenario title in the scenario selection dialogue.</text>
-  <text>Achievements need to be defined as parameter definition with the Achievement value set in the [ParameterDef] section. The value corresponds to the icon file name formatted as Achv*.png, where * is replaced by the achievement name. The icon may either be placed in the scenario or - if multiple scenarios share the same icon - in the global Graphics.ocg file. Icons are square with the height determining the dimensions.</text>
-  <text>By using achievement values higher than one, multiple stages of an achievement may be defined e.g. for finishing a scenario on different difficulties. The achievement value denotes the 1-based index in the icon file with multiple icons arranged from left to right.</text>
-  <text>If several players are activated while the scenario selection dialogue is opened, the player with the highest achievement value is considered for each achievement.</text>
-  <h>Example</h>
-  <text>Example ParameterDef.txt file for a difficulty setting in a scenario that controls the amount of meteorites:</text>
-  <code>[ParameterDef]
-Name=$Difficulty$
-Description=$DescDifficulty$
-ID=Difficulty
-Default=15
-	[Options]
-		[Option]
-		Name=$Easy$
-		Description=$DescEasy$
-		Value=15
-		
-		[Option]
-		Name=$Hard$
-		Description=$DescHard$
-		Value=100
-
-[ParameterDef]
-ID=Done
-Achievement=Done
-	[Options]
-		
-		[Option]
-		Description=$AchvEasy$
-		Value=1
-		
-		[Option]
-		Description=$AchvHard$
-		Value=3</code>
-	<text>The names and descriptions are localized strings which can be set for English in a StringTblUS.txt:</text>
-	<code>Difficulty=Difficulty
-Easy=Easy
-Hard=Hard
-DescDifficulty=Conrols the amount of meteorites
-DescEasy=Very few meteorites
-DescHard=Lots of meteorites
-AchvEasy=Finished on easy.
-AchvHard=Finished on hard.</code>
-  <text>Finally, the Script.c file of the scenario should contain code to evaluate the setting and give an achievement accordingly:</text>
-  <code>func Initialize()
-{
-	// Meteorite amount depending on difficulty setting
-	Meteor->SetChance(SCENPAR_Difficulty);
-}
-
-func OnGoalsFulfilled()
-{
-	<funclink>GainScenarioAchievement</funclink>("Done", BoundBy(SCENPAR_Difficulty, 1, 3)); // 1 for easy, 3 for hard
-	return false;
-}</code>
-  <author>Sven2</author><date>2014-09</date>
-</doc>
--- a/docs/sdk/scenario/index.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/scenario/index.xml
@ -22,10 +22,6 @@
      <dd>
        <text>Static landscapes are stretched by factor MapZoom defined in Scenario.txt to the size of the actual landscape in the game. The colors used in Map.bmp correspond to materials and textures as defined in <emlink href="material/index.html#TexMaptxt">TexMap.txt</emlink>.</text>
      </dd>
-      <dt id="MapFgBg"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_image.png" width="16"/>MapFg.bmp / MapBg.bmp</dt>
-      <dd>
-        <text>Same as Map.bmp as defined above, except that foreground and background materials can be drawn separately. In Map.bmp, color indices greater than 127 will result in underground materials. In MapFg.bmp and MapBg.bmp, all color indices up to 255 can be used, and undergroup materials are simply specified by tunnel material in the background map.</text>
-      </dd>
      <dt id="Landscapetxt"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/><emlink href="scenario/MapCreatorS2.html">Landscape.txt</emlink></dt>
      <dd>
        <text>Advanced scenario designers can use this component to define highly complex, fully random generated dynamic landscapes. This does require certain mathematical skill and some patience, however.</text>
@ -54,20 +50,17 @@ US:Attack of the Killer Wipfs</code>
      <dd>
        <text>The icon of the scenario in png format. Size: 24x24 pixel.</text>
      </dd>
-      <dt id="Desc__txt"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/>Desc__.txt</dt>
+      <dt id="Desc__rtf"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/>Desc__.rtf</dt>
      <dd>
-        <text>The description of the scenario. '__' must be replaced by the two digit language code, e.g. DE for German and US for American English. Multiple descriptions for several languages can be contained in a scenario file of which the game will automatically load the one appropriate for the configured language.</text>
-        <text>The first line of the file will be used as a heading.</text>
+        <text>The description text of the scenario in rich text format (rtf). '__' is to be replaced by the two digit language code, e.g. DE for German and US for American English. Multiple descriptions for several languages can be contained in a scenario file of which the game will automatically load the one appropriate for the configured language.</text>
+        <text>The font of the description text is set internally on display. The character size in the file should be 10pt for headings and 8pt for text. Images or other rtf tags are ignored.</text>
+        <text>It is recommended to edit this file using a small scale rtf editor such as WordPad.exe in Windows and not a full-blown word processor such as Word as these will stuff kilobytes of unneeded extra information into the rtf file.</text>
      </dd>
 	</dl>
 	
 	
    <h id="Additional">Additional files</h>
    <dl>
-      <dt id="ParameterDefstxt"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/><emlink href="scenario/ParameterDefs.html">ParameterDefs.txt</emlink></dt>
-      <dd>
-        <text>Contains custom scenario parameters that players can adjust like e.g. difficulty settings.</text>
-      </dd>
      <dt id="Teamstxt"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/><emlink href="scenario/Teams.html">Teams.txt</emlink></dt>
      <dd>
        <text>Contains the Teamsettings for multiplayer scenarios.</text>
@ -80,11 +73,10 @@ US:Attack of the Killer Wipfs</code>
      <dt id="Soundocg"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_system.png" width="16"/>Sound.ocg</dt>
      <dd>
 		<text>Scenarios can contain any number of sound files (*.ogg or *.wav). These can be played back by script during the game. Scenario local sounds are loaded dynamically on demand which might cause delays with large scenario files. The sounds should be stored in a local sound group.</text>
-		<text>Just like the global sound file, scenario local Sound.ocg groups may contain any subfolders with .ocg extension to define sound namespaces. For example, a file Sound.ocg/Animals.ocg/Growl.ogg can be played back using <funclink>Sound</funclink>("Animals::Growl").</text>
      </dd>
      <dt id="Musicocg"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_system.png" width="16"/>Music.ocg</dt>
      <dd>
-		<text>If the scenario contains music (*.ogg) files, these can be played back during the game in random order. Also see the script command <emlink href="script/fn/Music.html">Music</emlink>(). Local music files should be stored in a local music group.</text>
+		<text>If the scenario contains music (*.ogg or *.mid) files, these can be played back during the game in random order. Also see the script command <emlink href="script/fn/Music.html">Music</emlink>(). Local music files should be stored in a local music group.</text>
      </dd>
      <dt id="Materialocg"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_system.png" width="16"/><emlink href="material/index.html">Material.ocg</emlink></dt>
      <dd>
@ -107,6 +99,11 @@ US:Attack of the Killer Wipfs</code>
 	
    <h id="SaveGames">Additional files created for saved games or scenarios</h>
    <dl>
+      <dt id="Landscapepng"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_image.png" width="16"/>Landscape.png</dt>
+      <dd>
+        <text>Full size map for exact landscapes. This is mainly used in savegames to store the exact terrain including transparent materials and their texture. Exact landscapes consume an extreme amount of memory and should not be used for regularly distributed scenarios.</text>
+      </dd>
+
      <dt id="MatMaptxt"><img height="16" src="../../images/icon_text.png" width="16"/>MatMap.txt</dt>
      <dd>
        <text>Stores the material table used in this scenario. The materials listed here are used by the exact landscape and have to be available in the loaded Material.ocg group.</text>
--- a/docs/sdk/scenario/scenario.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/scenario/scenario.xml
@ -68,12 +68,7 @@
      <row>
        <col>MissionAccess</col>
        <col>String</col>
-        <col>The scenario will only load if the player gained this password in another scenario. See script function <funclink>GainScenarioAccess</funclink>().</col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Secret</col>
-        <col>Bool</col>
-        <col>If true and MissionAccess is set, the scenario is invisible in the scenario selection list if the player does not have the required password access.</col>
+        <col>The scenario will only load if the player gained this password in another scenario. See script function <funclink>GainMissionAccess</funclink>().</col>
      </row>
      <row>
        <col>ForcedFairCrew</col>
@ -100,11 +95,6 @@
        <col>Data type</col>
        <col>Description</col>
      </rowh>
-      <row>
-        <col>Mode</col>
-        <col>String</col>
-        <col>General game mode of this scenario. Used by network and league servers to determine which league to host the game in. Currently suggested identifiers are: Melee, Parkour, Settlement, Defense. Strings should be valid identifiers.</col>
-      </row>
      <row>
        <col>Rules</col>
        <col>ID list</col>
@ -121,14 +111,9 @@
        <col>List of definitions for which the values should be overridden. The amount will be the new value.</col>
      </row>
      <row>
-        <col>FoWEnabled</col>
-        <col>Bool</col>
-        <col>0 or 1. If 0, FoW is disabled, and the whole landscape is visible. Default 1.</col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>EvaluateOnAbort</col>
-        <col>Bool</col>
-        <col>If enabled, the game will be evaluated even when aborted by the player. This is intended for scenarios like Tower of Despair that save progress in players. Default false.</col>
+        <col>FoWColor</col>
+        <col>DWORD</col>
+        <col>Color of the fog of war</col>
      </row>
    </table>
  </text>
@ -253,7 +238,7 @@
      <row>
        <literal_col>AutoScanSideOpen</literal_col>
        <col>Integer</col>
-        <col>0, 1, or 2. If 1, the left and right borders are closed if the corresponding map pixel in the left or right row has non-sky foreground or background and open otherwise. If 2, it only checks the background.</col>
+        <col>0 or 1. If 1, LeftOpen and RightOpen will be set automatically depending on the landscape at game start.</col>
      </row>
      <row>
        <literal_col>MapWidth</literal_col>
@ -268,7 +253,7 @@
      <row>
        <literal_col>MapZoom</literal_col>
        <col>4 integers</col>
-        <col>Factor for zooming the map to the real game world. Default is 8.</col>
+        <col>Factor for zooming the map to the real game world. Default is 10.</col>
      </row>
      <row>
        <literal_col>Amplitude</literal_col>
@ -350,11 +335,6 @@
        <col>Integer</col>
        <col>0 or 1. If 1, all landscape chunks are drawn flat when the map is zoomed to draw the landscape. Set this while drawing a static map in console mode to fix small gaps of lower order materials hidden behind materials of chunky shape.</col>
      </row>
-      <row>
-        <literal_col>Secret</literal_col>
-        <col>Bool</col>
-        <col>Whether to hide the map from <code><funclink>NO_OWNER</funclink></code> viewports (e.g. observers not following a player in network rounds)</col>
-      </row>
    </table>
  </text>
  <text>
--- a/docs/sdk/scenario/script.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/scenario/script.xml
@ -27,11 +27,6 @@
          <col>int player, int x, int y, object base, int team, id extra_data</col>
          <col>Called after when a new player joins the game. At this point, the clonks, materials, structures etc. are already placed at the position given in the <emlink href="scenario/scenario.html#SektionenPlayer1Player2Player3Player4">Scenario.txt</emlink>. <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> specify the starting position of the player, <code>base</code> is the player's base (if any), <code>team</code> denotes the team of the player. For <code>extra_data</code>, see <funclink>CreateScriptPlayer</funclink></col>
        </row>
-        <row id="InitializePlayers">
-          <literal_col>InitializePlayers</literal_col>
-          <col></col>
-          <col>Called after all initial players joined. Can be used e.g. to start intros.</col>
-        </row>
        <row id="RelaunchPlayer">
          <literal_col>RelaunchPlayer</literal_col>
          <col>int player, int killed_by_player</col>
@ -76,12 +71,6 @@
          <col>int player</col>
          <col>Called when the wealth of a player has changed.</col>
        </row>
-
-        <row id="InitializeAmbience">
-          <literal_col>InitializeAmbience</literal_col>
-          <col></col>
-          <col>Called on game initialization in Frame zero (i.e. not in savegames). To be used to create sound and music controller objects. If not defined and Objects.ocd is loaded, falls back to a global function defined in Ambience.ocd which creates the default ambience controller.</col>
-        </row>
      </table>
 	</text>

--- a/docs/sdk/script/AppendTo.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/AppendTo.xml
@ -9,26 +9,10 @@
    <text>With #appendto, you can modify an existing object defintion script without changing the original file. For example, a scenario could change flints to cause bigger explosions, without having to duplicate the entire flint in the scenario.</text>
    <h id="Syntax">Declaration</h>
    <code>#appendto [id]</code>
-    <text>A script can append itself to one or multiple existing scripts using the <code>#appendto</code> directive. Such script needs to be placed in System.ocg directory. Functions of the same name will overload functions in the target script. The original overloaded functions can still be called using <emlink href="script/fn/inherited.html">inherited</emlink>. #included scripts are not appended with #append, but #appended scripts are included by #include.</text>
+    <text>A script can append itself to one or multiple existing scripts using the <code>#appendto</code> directive. Functions of the same name will overload functions in the target script. The original overloaded functions can still be called using <emlink href="script/fn/inherited.html">inherited</emlink>. #included scripts are not appended with #append, but #appended scripts are included by #include.</text>
    <code>#appendto *</code>
    <text>Appending to <code>*</code> will append this script to all definitions.</text>
    <text>A script can contain multiple #appendto directives. It is always compiled with the original script. This is of interest whenever local variables or functions from the appended script are used.</text>
-    <h id="Example">Example</h>
-    <code>#appendto WindBag
-
-// This function will be "overwritten" in the original windbag.
-// You can however call the original function by calling <funclink>_inherited</funclink>(...)
-// You'll find this quite often in other scenarios. Just take a look at other
-// scenarios that contain a System.ocg folder.
-func FxIntReloadTimer(object target, proplist effect)
-{
-	// Make the windbag reload faster.
-	var old_fill = fill_amount;
-	var ret = <funclink>inherited</funclink>(target, effect, ...);
-	if (fill_amount > old_fill)
-		fill_amount += (fill_amount - old_fill) * 5;
-	return ret;
-}</code>
  </part>
  <author>Sven2</author><date>2002-04</date>
  <author>matthes</author><date>2004-06</date>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/Diagnostics.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/Diagnostics.xml
@ -1,288 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
-<!DOCTYPE doc
-  SYSTEM '../../clonk.dtd'>
-<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../../clonk.xsl"?>
-<doc>
-  <title>Diagnostic Messages</title>
-  <h>Diagnostic Messages</h>
-  <part>
-    <text>
-      Certain constructs may be flagged by the engine as potentially
-      unintended or deprecated. In these cases, the engine will, by default,
-      emit a warning to the log file.
-    </text>
-    <text>
-      On occasion, these constructs are in fact intended by the script
-      author. In order to avoid unwanted warning messages hiding more important
-      messages, the engine supports selectively suppressing a warning category
-      for parts of a script.
-    </text>
-  </part>
-  <part>
-    <text>
-      Suppression and re-enablement is handled by the <code>#warning</code>
-      directive. The directive must be placed on a separate line.
-    </text>
-    <text>Warnings can be controlled using this syntax:</text>
-    <code>#warning {enable|disable} [warning_category [warning_category...]]</code>
-    <text>
-      If no category is given, the engine will suppress or enable all messages,
-      including those that are not enabled by default. A category remains
-      disabled or enabled until the next directive that affects it, or until
-      the end of the script. A script linked to via the <code>#include</code>
-      or <code>#appendto</code> directives does not affect, and is itself not
-      affected by, the warning settings of the current script.
-    </text>
-    <text>
-      It is not an error to specify a category that does not exist; the
-      invalid category is simply ignored. No separate warning is emitted.
-    </text>
-  </part>
-  <part>
-    <h>Warning Categories</h>
-    <text>The following warning categories currently exist:</text>
-    <table>
-      <rowh>
-        <col>Category</col>
-        <col>Description</col>
-      </rowh>
-      <row>
-        <col>invalid_escape_sequence</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            The engine found an escape sequence inside a string that it
-            did not recognize.
-          </text>
-          <part><code>"\p"</code></part>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>invalid_hex_escape</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            The engine found the start of a hexadecimal escape sequence
-            inside a string, but no hexadecimal digits followed it.
-          </text>
-          <part><code>"\xGN"</code></part>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>type_name_used_as_par_name</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            A function parameter was declared without an explicit type
-            specification, but with a name that is the same as a built-in type.
-          </text>
-          <part><code>func f(array)</code></part>
-          <text>
-            This warning is not enabled by default.
-            <a href="#fn1" title="The warning may be enabled by default in a future version.">¹</a>
-          </text>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>empty_parameter_in_call</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            In a function call, a parameter was left empty. The engine is
-            passing <code>nil</code> in its place.
-          </text>
-          <part><code><funclink>CreateObject</funclink>(Clonk,, 30, 100);</code></part>
-          <text>
-            This warning is not enabled by default.
-            <a href="#fn1" title="The warning may be enabled by default in a future version.">¹</a>
-          </text>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>empty_parameter_in_array</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            In an array literal, an entry was left empty. The engine is
-            using <code>nil</code> in its place.
-          </text>
-          <part><code>[1, 2,, 3, 4]</code></part>
-          <text>
-            This warning is not enabled by default.
-            <a href="#fn1" title="The warning may be enabled by default in a future version.">¹</a>
-          </text>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>implicit_range_loop_var_decl</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            The loop variable of a for-in loop was not declared either in the
-            loop header itself nor in the containing function. This is only
-            accepted for backwards compatibility and may be removed in a
-            future release. Explicitly declare the variable by adding the
-            <code>var</code> keyword.
-          </text>
-          <part>
-            <code>func f() {
-&#9;for (i in [1, 2, 3]) {
-&#9;}
-}</code>
-          </part>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>non_global_var_is_never_const</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            A variable has been declared as <code>const</code>, but is not
-            global. At this time, non-global variables are always mutable.
-          </text>
-          <part>
-            <code>const local a = {}</code>
-          </part>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>variable_shadows_variable</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            The declaration of a variable uses the same name as a variable
-            in a greater scope. Changes to the shadowing variable will not
-            affect the shadowed variable.
-          </text>
-          <part>
-            <code>static foo;
-func f() {
-&#9;var foo = 3;
-}</code>
-          </part>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>redeclaration</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            A variable has been redeclared in the same scope. Make sure
-            you do not accidentally overwrite values another part of the
-            code relies upon.
-          </text>
-          <part>
-            <code>func f() {
-&#9;var i;
-&#9;var i;
-}</code>
-          </part>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>variable_out_of_scope</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            A variable has been used outside of the block it has been
-            declared in. This is accepted only for backwards compatibility
-            and may be removed in a future release.
-          </text>
-          <part>
-            <code>func f(a) {
-&#9;i = 0;
-&#9;if (a) {
-&#9;&#9;var i = 1;
-&#9;}
-&#9;return i;
-}</code>
-          </part>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>undeclared_varargs</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            Use of <code><funclink>Par</funclink></code> inside a function
-            implicitly declares it as using a variable number of arguments.
-            This is not immediately obvious to callers of the function, and
-            should be explicitly declared in the function signature by
-            adding a final <code>...</code> parameter.
-          </text>
-          <part>
-            <code>func f(a) {
-&#9;return <funclink>Par</funclink>(a);
-}
-// Better:
-func g(a, ...) {
-&#9;return <funclink>Par</funclink>(a);
-}</code>
-          </part>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>arg_count_mismatch</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            A function call passes more parameters than the function will
-            accept.
-          </text>
-          <part>
-            <code><funclink>GetDir</funclink>(0)</code>
-          </part>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>arg_type_mismatch</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            The parameter given in a function call is of a different type
-            than the called function expects. The call will likely fail at
-            runtime.
-          </text>
-          <part>
-            <code><funclink>Sin</funclink>("huh?")</code>
-          </part>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>empty_if</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            An <code>if</code> conditional is controlling an empty statement.
-            Use the empty block <code>{}</code> if this is intentional, or
-            remove the conditional entirely.
-          </text>
-          <part>
-            <code>if (true);</code>
-          </part>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>suspicious_assignment</col>
-        <col>
-          <text>
-            An assignment was found where an expression was expected. While
-            an assignment returns its own value, usually a comparison was
-            intended instead.
-          </text>
-          <part>
-            <code>if (a = b + 1) { /* Do something */}</code>
-          </part>
-          <text>
-            If the assignment is intentional, make this more obvious by
-            extracting it to a separate statement, or explicitly handle the
-            boolean conversion by adding a comparison operator.
-          </text>
-        </col>
-      </row>
-    </table>
-  </part>
-
-  <part>
-    <h>Examples</h>
-    <examples>
-      <example>
-        <code>func f(string s) {
-&#9;Sin(s);&#x9;// WARNING: parameter 0 of call to 'Sin' passes string (int expected)
-#warning disable arg_type_mismatch
-&#9;Sin(s);
-#warning enable arg_type_mismatch
-&#9;Sin(s);&#x9;// WARNING: parameter 0 of call to 'Sin' passes string (int expected)
-}</code>
-      </example>
-    </examples>
-  </part>
-  
-  <a id="fn1" style="font-size: smaller; color: inherit;">¹ The warning may be enabled by default in a future version.</a>
-</doc>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/Effects.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/Effects.xml
@ -51,8 +51,7 @@ func Destruction()
    <text>The magic spell object exists until the spell has ended and then makes the clonk visible again. Also, if the spell object is deleted for other reasons (e.g. a scenario section change), the clonk is made visible in the Destruction callback (if this wasn't so, the clonk would remain invisible for ever). Also there is a Timer (defined in the DefCore) called every second. Notice you couldn't just have a single timer call to mark the end of the spell because timer intervals are marked in the engine beginning with the start of the round and you wouldn't know at what point within an engine timer interval the spell would start.</text>
    <text>However, there are some problems with this implementation: for example, the magician can not cast a second invisibility spell while he's already invisible - the second spell would have practically no effect, because the end of the first spell would make the clonk visible again. The spell script would have to do some special handling for this case - but not only for multiple invisibility spells, but also for any other spell or script that might affect visibility or coloration of the clonk. Even if this spell would remember the previous value e.g. for coloration it could not handle a situation in which other scripts change the color of their own in the middle of the spell. The same problems occur when multiple scripts modify temporary clonk physcials such as jumping, walking speed, fight strength or visibility range, energy, magic energy etc. Using effects, these conflicts can be avoided.</text>
    <h id="Usage">Application</h>
-    <text>Effects are created using <funclink>CreateEffect</funclink> and removed with <funclink>RemoveEffect</funclink>. If an effect was successfully created, the callback <emlink href="script/Effects.html#Construction">Construction</emlink> is made. Depending on the parameters, there can also be an <emlink href="script/Effects.html#TimerCallback">Timer</emlink> call for continuous activity such as casting sparks, adjusting energy etc. Finally, when the effect is deleted, the callback <emlink href="script/Effects.html#Destruction">Destruction</emlink> is made.</text>
-    <text>Now, the invisibility spell implemented using effects:</text>
+    <text>Effects are created using <funclink>AddEffect</funclink> and removed with <funclink>RemoveEffect</funclink>. If an effect was successfully created, the callback Fx*Start is made (* is replaced with the effect name). Depending on the parameters, there can also be an Fx*Timer call for continuous activity such as casting sparks, adjusting energy etc. Finally, when the effect is deleted, the callback Fx*Stop is made. Now, the invisibility spell implemented using effects:</text>
    <code>/* Invisibility spell with effect system  */

 // visibility - previous visibility
@ -60,86 +59,92 @@ func Destruction()

 func Activate(object caster, object caster2)
 {
-	// get caster
-	if (caster2) caster = caster2;
+  // get caster
+  if (caster2) caster = caster2;

-	// start effect
-	caster-><funclink>CreateEffect</funclink>(InvisPSpell, 200, 1111);
-	// done - the spell object is not needed anymore
-	<funclink>RemoveObject</funclink>();
-	return true;
+  // start effect
+  <funclink>AddEffect</funclink>(&quot;InvisPSpell&quot;, caster, 200, 1111, nil, GetID());
+  // done - the spell object is not needed anymore
+  <funclink>RemoveObject</funclink>();
+  return true;
 }

-local InvisPSpell = new Effect {
-	Start = func() {
-		// Save the casters previous visibility
-		this.visibility = Target.Visibility;
-		this.old_mod = Target-&gt;<funclink>GetClrModulation</funclink>();
-		// Make the caster invisible
-		Target.Visibility = <funclink>VIS_Owner</funclink> | <funclink>VIS_Allies</funclink> | <funclink>VIS_God</funclink>;
-		// Semitransparent and slightly blue for owner and allies
-		Target-&gt;SetClrModulation(<funclink>ModulateColor</funclink>(this.old_mod, RGBa(127,127,255,127)));
-	},
-	Stop = func() {
-		// restore previous values
-		Target-&gt;<funclink>SetClrModulation</funclink>(this.old_mod);
-		Target.Visibility = this.visibility;
-	}
+func FxInvisPSpellStart(object target, proplist effect)
+{
+  // Save the casters previous visibility
+  effect.visibility = target.Visibility;
+  effect.old_mod = target-&gt;<funclink>GetClrModulation</funclink>();
+  // Make the caster invisible
+  target.Visibility = <funclink>VIS_Owner</funclink> | <funclink>VIS_Allies</funclink> | <funclink>VIS_God</funclink>;
+  // Semitransparent and slightly blue for owner and allies
+  target-&gt;SetClrModulation(<funclink>ModulateColor</funclink>(effect.old_mod, RGBa(127,127,255,127)));
+  // Fertig
+  return true;
+}
+
+func FxInvisPSpellStop(object target, proplist effect)
+{
+  // restore previous values
+  target-&gt;<funclink>SetClrModulation</funclink>(effect.old_mod);
+  target.Visibility = effect.visibility;
+  // done
+  return true;
 }</code>
    <text>In this case, the magic spell object only starts the effect, then deletes itself immediately. The engine ensures that there are no conflicts with multiple effects modifying the visibility: effects are stored in a stack which ensures that effects are always removed in the opposite order of their addition. For this, there are a couple of extra Start and Stop calls to be made which are explained in detail later.</text>
    <text>This effects does not have a timer function. It does, however, define a timer interval of 1111 which will invoke the standard timer function after 1111 frames which will delete the effect. Alternatively, you could define a timer function as such:</text>
-    <code>Timer = func()
+    <code>func FxInvisPSpellTimer()
 {
-	// return value of -1 means that the effect should be removed
-	return -1;
+  // return value of -1 means that the effect should be removed
+  return -1;
 }</code>
-    <text>To store the previous status of the target object, properties of the effect are used. This way effects are independant of other objects and effects - remember that the magic spell object which has created the effect is already deleted. If you need to call functions in the context of the target object or other objects, use <code>-></code>.</text>
+    <text>To store the previous status of the target object, properties of the effect are used. This is necessary because in this case the effect callbacks do not have any object script context. So you cannot access any object local variables in the effect callbacks - remember that the magic spell object which has created the effect is already deleted. If you require an object context in the effect callbacks you can specify one in <funclink>AddEffect</funclink>(). In that case, effect callbacks would be in object local context and the effect would automatically be deleted if the target object is destroyed.</text>
    <h id="Priorities">Priorities</h>
-    <text>When creating an effect you always specify a priority value which determines the effect order. The engine ensures that effects with lower priority are added before effects with a higher priority - even if this means deleting an existing effect of higher priority. So if one effect colors the clonk green and another colors the clonk red, the result will be that of the effect with higher priority. If two effects have the same priority, the order is undefined. However, it is guaranteed that effects added later always notify the <code>Effect</code> callback of the same priority.</text>
-    <text>In the case of the red and green color, one effect could also determine the previous coloring and then mix a result using ModulateColor. But priorities also have another function: an effect of higher priority can prevent the addition of other effects of lower priority. This is done through the <code>Effect</code> callback. If any existing effect reacts to this callback with the return value -1, the new effect is not added (the same applies to the Start callback of the effect itself). Here an example:</text>
+    <text>When creating an effect you always specify a priority value which determines the effect order. The engine ensures that effects with lower priority are added before effects with a higher priority - even if this means deleting an existing effect of higher priority. So if one effect colors the clonk green and another colors the clonk red, the result will be that of the effect with higher priority. If two effects have the same priority, the order is undefined. However, it is guaranteed that effects added later always notify the Fx*Effect callback of the same priority.</text>
+    <text>In the case of the red and green color, one effect could also determine the previous coloring and then mix a result using ModulateColor. But priorities also have another function: an effect of higher priority can prevent the addition of other effects of lower priority. This is done through the Fx*Effect callback. If any existing effect reacts to this callback with the return value -1, the new effect is not added (the same applies to the Start callback of the effect itself). Here an example:</text>
    <code>/* Spell of immunity against fire */

 func Activate(object caster, object caster2)
 {
-	// get caster
-	if (caster2) caster = caster2;
+  // get caster
+  if (caster2) caster = caster2;

-	// start effect
-	caster-><funclink>CreateEffect</funclink>(BanBurnPSpell, 180, 1111);
+  // start effect
+  <funclink>AddEffect</funclink>(&quot;BanBurnPSpell&quot;, caster, 180, 1111, nil, GetID());
  
-	// done - the spell object is not needed anymore
-	<funclink>RemoveObject</funclink>();
-	return true;
+  // done - the spell object is not needed anymore
+  <funclink>RemoveObject</funclink>();
+  return true;
 }

-local BanBurnPSpell = new Effect {
-	Construction = func()
-	{
-		// On start of the effect: extinguish clonk
-		Target-&gt;<funclink>Extinguish</funclink>();
-	},
-	Effect = func(string new_name)
-	{
-		// block fire
-		if (<funclink>WildcardMatch</funclink>(new_name, &quot;*Fire*&quot;)) return -1;
-		// everything else is ok
-		return 0;
-	}
-};</code>
-    <text>This effect makes the clonk fire-proof for 30 seconds. The effect is implemented without any Timer or Stop callbacks as the complete functionality is achieved by simply blocking other effects which might have "Fire" as part of their name. This especially applies to the engine internal fire which has exactly the name "Fire". Of course, you could still add a Timer callback for graphic effects so the player can see that his clonk is immune. Also, you could create special visual effects when preventing incineration in <code>Effect</code>. For the like:</text>
-    <code>[...]
-Effect = func(string new_name, var1, var2, var3, var4)
+func FxBanBurnPSpellStart(object target, proplist effect, bool temporary)
 {
-	// only handle fire
-	if (!<funclink>WildcardMatch</funclink>(new_name, &quot;*Fire*&quot;)) return 0;
-	// with fire, the three extra parameters have the following meaning:
-	// var1: caused_by           - player that is responsible for the fire
-	// var2: blasted             - bool: if the fire has been created by an explosion
-	// var3: burning_object      - object: incineratable object
-	// extinguish burning object
-	if (var3 &amp;&amp; <funclink>GetType</funclink>(var3) == <funclink>C4V_C4Object</funclink>) var3-&gt;<funclink>Extinguish</funclink>();
-	// block fire
-	return -1;
+  // On start of the effect: extinguish clonk
+  if (!temporary) target-&gt;<funclink>Extinguish</funclink>();
+  return true;
+}
+
+func FxBanBurnPSpellEffect(string new_name)
+{
+  // block fire
+  if (<funclink>WildcardMatch</funclink>(new_name, &quot;*Fire*&quot;)) return -1;
+  // everything else is ok
+  return 0;
+}</code>
+    <text>This effect makes the clonk fire-proof for 30 seconds. The effect is implemented without any Timer or Stop callbacks as the complete functionality is achieved by simply blocking other effects which might have "Fire" as part of their name. This especially applies to the engine internal fire which has exactly the name "Fire". Of course, you could still add a Timer callback for graphic effects so the player can see that his clonk is immune. Also, you could create special visual effects when preventing incineration in FxBanBurnPSpellEffect. For the like:</text>
+    <code>[...]
+
+func FxBanBurnPSpellEffect(string new_name, object target, proplist effect, var1, var2, var3)
+{
+  // only handle fire
+  if (!<funclink>WildcardMatch</funclink>(new_name, &quot;*Fire*&quot;)) return 0;
+  // with fire, the three extra parameters have the following meaning:
+  // var1: caused_by           - player that is responsible for the fire
+  // var2: blasted             - bool: if the fire has been created by an explosion
+  // var3: burning_object      - object: incineratable object
+  // extinguish burning object
+  if (var3 &amp;&amp; <funclink>GetType</funclink>(var3) == <funclink>C4V_C4Object</funclink>) var3-&gt;<funclink>Extinguish</funclink>();
+  // block fire
+  return -1;
 }</code>
    <text>This would even delete all burning objects which would otherwise incinerate the target object. The type check for var3 avoids possible conflicts with other "Fire" effects that might have differing parameters. Obviously, conflict situations like this should be avoided at all cost.</text>
    <text>The following table contains general guidelines for priorities in effects of the original pack:</text>
@ -205,44 +210,44 @@ Effect = func(string new_name, var1, var2, var3, var4)

 func Activate(object caster, object caster2)
 {
-	// get caster
-	if (caster2) caster = caster2;
+  // get caster
+  if (caster2) caster = caster2;

-	// start effect 
-	caster-><funclink>CreateEffect</funclink>(ReincarnationPSpell, 180, 0);
-	
-	// done - the spell object is not needed anymore
-	<funclink>RemoveObject</funclink>();
-	return true;
+  // start effect 
+  <funclink>AddEffect</funclink>(&quot;ReincarnationPSpell&quot;, caster, 180, 0, nil, GetID());
+  
+  // done - the spell object is not needed anymore
+  <funclink>RemoveObject</funclink>();
+  return true;
 }

-local ReincarnationPSpell = new Effect {
-	Construction = func() {
-		// Only at the first start: message
-		Target-&gt;<funclink>Message</funclink>(&quot;%s gets an extra life&quot;, Target-&gt;<funclink>GetName</funclink>());
-		return true;
-	},
+func FxReincarnationPSpellStart(object target, proplist effect, bool temporary)
+{
+  // Only at the first start: message
+  if (!temporary) target-&gt;<funclink>Message</funclink>(&quot;%s gets an extra life&quot;, target-&gt;<funclink>GetName</funclink>());
+  return true;
+}

-	func Stop(int reason, bool temporary) {
-		// only when the clonk died
-		if (reason != 4) return true;
-		
-		// the clonk has already been resurrected
-		if (Target-&gt;<funclink>GetAlive</funclink>()) return -1;
-		// resurrect clonk
-		Target-&gt;<funclink>SetAlive</funclink>(true);
-		// give energy
-		Target-&gt;<funclink>DoEnergy</funclink>(100);
-		// message
-		Target-&gt;<funclink>Message</funclink>(&quot;%s has been resurrected.&quot;, Target-&gt;<funclink>GetName</funclink>());
+func FxReincarnationPSpellStop(object target, proplist effect, int reason, bool temporary)
+{
+  // only when the clonk died
+  if (reason != 4) return true;
+  
+  // the clonk has already been resurrected
+  if (target-&gt;<funclink>GetAlive</funclink>()) return -1;
+  // resurrect clonk
+  target-&gt;<funclink>SetAlive</funclink>(true);
+  // give energy
+  target-&gt;<funclink>DoEnergy</funclink>(100);
+  // message
+  target-&gt;<funclink>Message</funclink>(&quot;%s has been resurrected.&quot;, target-&gt;<funclink>GetName</funclink>());

-		// remove
-		return true;
-	}
-};</code>
+  // remove
+  return true;
+}</code>
    <text>This effect reanimates the clonk as many times as he has cast the reanimation spell.</text>
    <h id="GlobalEffects">Global Effects</h>
-    <text>There are two global effect types: Scenerio effects and global effects. They are bound to the <code>Scenario</code> and <code>Global</code> proplists. With these effects, too, priorities are observed and temporary Add/Remove calls might be necessary to ensure order.</text>
+    <text>Global effects are effects that are not bound to any target object. With global effects, too, priorities are observed and temporary Add/Remove calls might be necessary to ensure order. Simply imagine all global effects are attached to an imaginary object. Global effects are accessed whenever you specify <code>nil</code> for the target object.</text>
    <text>This can be used to make changes to gravity, sky color, etc. Here's an example for a spell that temporarily reduces gravity and then resets the original value:</text>
    <code>/* Gravitation spell */

@ -328,39 +333,34 @@ func FxGravChangeUSpellAdd(object target, proplist effect, string new_name, int
    <table>
      <caption id="PropertiesTable">Effect Properties</caption>
      <rowh>
-        <col>Name</col>
        <col>Data type</col>
+        <col>Name</col>
        <col>Description</col>
      </rowh>
      <row>
-        <col><code>Name</code></col>
        <col>string</col>
+        <col><code>Name</code></col>
        <col>Can be changed.</col>
      </row>
      <row>
-        <col><code>Priority</code></col>
        <col>int</col>
+        <col><code>Priority</code></col>
        <col>See <a href="Priorities">Priorities</a></col>
      </row>
      <row>
-        <col><code>Interval</code></col>
        <col>int</col>
+        <col><code>Interval</code></col>
        <col>Of the <a href="#TimerCallback">Timer callback</a>.</col>
      </row>
      <row>
-        <col><code>Time</code></col>
        <col>int</col>
+        <col><code>Time</code></col>
        <col>The age of the effect in frames, used for the <a href="#TimerCallback">Timer callback</a>. Can be changed.</col>
      </row>
      <row>
+        <col>proplist</col>
        <col><code>CommandTarget</code></col>
-        <col>proplist</col>
-	<col><code>nil</code> when created by <funclink>CreateEffect</funclink>, as the effect gets the callbacks itself. When created by <funclink>AddEffect</funclink> either the command object or the command definition, depending on which is used.</col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col><code>Target</code></col>
-        <col>proplist</col>
-	<col>The object the effect belongs to, or the proplists <code>Scenario</code> or <code>Global</code> for scenario and global effects.</col>
+        <col>Either the command object or the command definition, depending on which is used.</col>
      </row>
    </table>
    <h id="UserCallbacks">User Defined Properties</h>
@ -488,19 +488,19 @@ global func FxExplodeOnDeathCurseStop(object target, proplist effect, int reason
        </row>
      </table>
    </text>
-    <text>Effect names are case sensitive. Also, you should avoid using any of these identifiers in your effect names if your effect doesn't have anything to do with them.</text>
+    <text>Warning: as function names may not be more than 100 characters in length (and you will lose oversight eventually), you should not stuff too much information into the effect name. Effect names are case sensitive. Also, you should avoid using any of these identifiers in your effect names if your effect doesn't have anything to do with them.</text>
    <h id="CBRef">Callback Reference</h>
    <part>
-      <text>The following callbacks are made by the engine and should be implemented in your effect prototype as necessary.</text>
-      <h>Start</h>
-      <text><code>int Start (int temporary, any var1, any var2, any var3, any var4);</code></text>
-      <text>Called at the start of the effect. <code>this</code> is the effect itself. It can be used to manipulate the effect, for example with <code>this.Interval=newinterval</code>.</text>
+      <text>The following callbacks are made by the engine and should be implemented in your script according to necessity. * is to be replaced by your effect name.</text>
+      <h>Fx*Start</h>
+      <text><code>int Fx*Start (object target, proplist effect, int temporary, any var1, any var2, any var3, any var4);</code></text>
+      <text>Called at the start of the effect. target is the target object of the effect. <code>effect</code> is the effect itself. <code>effect</code> can be used to manipulate the effect, for example with <code>effect.Interval=newinterval</code>.</text>
      <text>In normal operation the parameter temporary is 0. It is 1 if the effect is re-added after having been temporarily removed and 2 if the effect was temporarily removed and is now to be deleted (in this case a Remove call will follow).</text>
-      <text>If temporary is 0, var1 to var4 are the additional parameters passed to <funclink>CreateEffect</funclink>().</text>
-      <text>If temporary is 0 and this callback returns -1 the effect is not created and the corrsponding <funclink>CreateEffect</funclink>() call returns <code>nil</code>.</text>
-      <h>Stop</h>
-      <text><code>int Stop (int reason, bool temporary);</code></text>
-      <text>When the effect is temporarily or permanently removed. <code>this</code> is the effect itself.</text>
+      <text>If temporary is 0, var1 to var4 are the additional parameters passed to <funclink>AddEffect</funclink>().</text>
+      <text>If temporary is 0 and this callback returns -1 the effect is not created and the corrsponding <funclink>AddEffect</funclink>() call returns 0.</text>
+      <h>Fx*Stop</h>
+      <text><code>int Fx*Stop (object target, proplist effect, int reason, bool temporary);</code></text>
+      <text>When the effect is temporarily or permanently removed. target again is the target object and <code>effect</code> the effect itself.</text>
      <text>reason contains the cause of the removal and can be one of the following values:</text>
      <text>
        <table>
@ -537,34 +537,26 @@ global func FxExplodeOnDeathCurseStop(object target, proplist effect, int reason
        </table>
      </text>
      <text>The effect can prevent removal by returning -1. This will not help, however, in temporary removals or if the target object has been deleted.</text>
-      <h id="FxConstructionCallback">Construction</h>
-      <text><code>int Construction (any var1, any var2, any var3, any var4);</code></text>
-      <text>Called when the effect is first created, before it is started. The parameters <code>var1</code> to <code>var4</code> are passed through from <funclink>CreateEffect</funclink>.</text>
-      <text>The return value is ignored.</text>
-      <h id="FxDestructionCallback">Destruction</h>
-      <text><code>nil Destruction (int reason);</code></text>
-      <text>Callback when the effect is removed. <code>reason</code> is the same as in the preceding <code>Stop</code> call, see above.</text>
-      <text>The return value is ignored.</text>
-      <h id="TimerCallback">Timer</h>
-      <text><code>int Timer (int time);</code></text>
-      <text>Periodic timer call, if a timer interval has been specified at effect creation.</text>
+      <h id="TimerCallback">Fx*Timer</h>
+      <text><code>int Fx*Timer (object target, proplist effect, int time);</code></text>
+      <text>Periodic timer call, if a timer interval has been specified at effect creation. target and <code>effect</code> as usual.</text>
      <text>time specifies how long the effect has now been active. This might alternatively be determined using effect.Time.</text>
      <text>If this function is not implemented or returns -1, the effect will be deleted after this call.</text>
-      <h>Effect</h>
-      <text><code>int Effect (string new_name, any var1, any var2, any var3, any var4);</code></text>
-      <text>A call to all effects of higher priority if a new effect is to be added to the same target object. new_name is the name of the new effect; <code>this</code> is the effect being called.</text>
+      <h>Fx*Effect</h>
+      <text><code>int Fx*Effect (string new_name, object target, proplist effect, any var1, any var2, any var3, any var4);</code></text>
+      <text>A call to all effects of higher priority if a new effect is to be added to the same target object. new_name is the name of the new effect; <code>effect</code> is the effect being called.</text>
      <text>Warning: the new effect is not yet properly initialized and should not be manipulated in any way. Especially the priority field might not yet have been set.</text>
      <text>This function can return -1 to reject the new effect. As the new effect might also be rejected by other effects, this callback should not try to add effects or similar (see gravitation spell). Generally you should not try to manipulate any effects during this callback.</text>
-      <text>Return -2 or -3 to accept the new effect. As long as the new effect is not rejected by any other effect, the <code>Add</code> call is then made to the accepting effect, the new effect is not actually created, and the calling <funclink>CreateEffect</funclink> function returns the accepting effect. The return value -3 will also temporarily remove all higher prioriy effects just before the <code>Add</code> callback and re-add them later.</text>
-      <text>var1 bis var4 are the parameters passed to <funclink>CreateEffect</funclink>()</text>
-      <h>Add</h>
-      <text><code>int Add (string new_name, int new_timer, any var1, any var2, any var3, any var4);</code></text>
-      <text>Callback to the accepting effect if that has returned -2 or -3 to a prior <code>Effect</code> call. <code>this</code> identifies the accepting effect to which the consequences of the new effect will be added.</text>
+      <text>Return -2 or -3 to accept the new effect. As long as the new effect is not rejected by any other effect, the Fx*Add call is then made to the accepting effect, the new effect is not actually created, and the calling AddEffect function returns the effect index of the accepting effect. The return value -3 will also temporarily remove all higher prioriy effects just before the Fx*Add callback and re-add them later.</text>
+      <text>var1 bis var4 are the parameters passed to <funclink>AddEffect</funclink>()</text>
+      <h>Fx*Add</h>
+      <text><code>int Fx*Add (object target, proplist effect, string new_name, int new_timer, any var1, any var2, any var3, any var4);</code></text>
+      <text>Callback to the accepting effect if that has returned -2 or -3 to a prior Fx*Effect call. <code>effect</code> identifies the accepting effect to which the consequences of the new effect will be added; target is the target object (0 for global effects).</text>
      <text>new_timer is the timer interval of the new effect; var1 to var4 are the parameters from AddEffect. Notice: in temporary calls, these parameters are not available - here they will be 0.</text>
-      <text>If -1 is returned, the accepting effect is deleted also. Logically, the calling <funclink>CreateEffect</funclink> function will then return <code>nil</code>.</text>
-      <h>Damage</h>
-      <text><code>int Damage (int damage, int cause, int by_player);</code></text>
-      <text>Every effect receives this callback whenever the energy or damage value of the target object is to change. If the function is defined, it should then return the damage to be done to the target.</text>
+      <text>If -1 is returned, the accepting effect is deleted also. Logically, the calling AddEffect function will then return -2.</text>
+      <h>Fx*Damage</h>
+      <text><code>int Fx*Damage (object target, proplist effect, int damage, int cause);</code></text>
+      <text>Every effect receives this callback whenever the energy or damage value of the target object is to change. If the function is defined, it should then return whether to allow the change.</text>
      <text id="damagecause">This callback is made upon life energy changes in living beings and damage value changes in non-livings - but not vice versa. cause contains the value change and reason:</text>
      <text>
        <table>
@ -647,7 +639,7 @@ global func FxExplodeOnDeathCurseStop(object target, proplist effect, int reason
    <text>There are the following functions for manipulation of effects:</text>
    <text>
      <ul>
-        <li><funclink>CreateEffect</funclink>() - for effect creation</li>
+        <li><funclink>AddEffect</funclink>() - for effect creation</li>
        <li><funclink>RemoveEffect</funclink>() - for effect removal</li>
        <li><funclink>GetEffect</funclink>() - to search for effects</li>
        <li><funclink>GetEffectCount</funclink>() - for effect counting</li>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/FuzzyLogic.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/FuzzyLogic.xml
@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
-<!DOCTYPE doc
-	SYSTEM '../../clonk.dtd'>
-<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../../clonk.xsl"?>
-<doc>
-	<title>Fuzzy Logic library</title>
-	<h>Fuzzy Logic library</h>
-	<part>
-		 <text>The fuzzy logic library, defined in Objects.ocd/Libraries.ocd/FuzzyLogic.ocd provides functionality for declaring and evaluating fuzzy logic rules and actions that can be used to deduce an action to be executed from some observations. For example, the fish uses fuzzy logic to navigate in a Clonk landscape while avoiding predators and heading towards food. To make the fuzzy logic functions available in a script, you need to include the library.</text>
-		<h>Creating a new fuzzy logic instance</h>
-		<text>The first step when working with the fuzzy logic library is to create a new instance and save it. All interface functions will be called on that instance later.</text>
-	<code>var fuzzy_logic = FuzzyLogic->Init();</code>
-		<text></text>
-	
-	<h>Set definitions</h>
-	<code>fuzzy_logic->AddSet(string set_name, string textual_value, array [[int first_value, int assignment], [int second_value, int assignment], [int third_value, int assignment]]);</code>
-	<text>First you have to define on which sets (imagine them like <i>categories</i>) your logic should work. One set could e.g. be <b>temperature</b> and the values in the set could be <b>{low, medium, high}</b>.</text>
-	<text>You also have to specify what numerical values describe the textual values in the set best. For example, we could say that a temperature between -20 and 0 is clearly <b>low</b> and then slowly becomes less <b>low</b> until 20. The definition would look like this:</text>
-	<code>fuzzy_logic->AddSet("temperature", "low", [[-20, 1], [0, 1], [20, 0]]);</code>
-	<text>The <i>assignment</i> parameter specifies how strongly the value belongs to the set (0 or 1). Values that lie between the given three are interpolated.</text>
-	<text>Similarly, we can also add definitions for <b>medium</b> and <b>high</b>.</text>
-<code>
-fuzzy_logic->AddSet("temperature", "medium", [[0, 0], [20, 1], [40, 0]]);
-fuzzy_logic->AddSet("temperature", "high",   [[10, 0], [40, 1], [100, 1]]);
-</code>
-	<text>In a similar way, you also have to add sets for your actions (as opposed to your observations, like the <b>temperature</b> above). To continue our example, we will create an automatic heater control that turns the heater higher when it's cold. Let's say the heater's power can go from 0 to 100. Then we could define the following set:</text>
-<code>
-fuzzy_logic->AddSet("heater", "full_power", [[80, 0], [100, 1], [100, 1]]);
-fuzzy_logic->AddSet("heater", "a_little",   [[10, 0], [30, 1],  [40, 0]]);
-fuzzy_logic->AddSet("heater", "off",        [[0, 1],  [0, 1],   [10, 0]]);
-</code>
-
-	<h>Rule definition</h>
-	<code>fuzzy_logic->AddRule(string/array condition, string result);</code>
-	<text>Now that we have defined our sets, we can also define rules that are based on those sets. A rule consists of one (or more) condition in the form of "&lt;set_name&gt;=&lt;textual_value&gt;" (e.g. "temperature=high") and exactly one resulting action in the same format (e.g. "heater=off"). There can be multiple different rules defined and the end result will take into account every definition. For our example above, we could define the rules as follows:</text>
-<code>
-fuzzy_logic->AddRule("temperature=low",    "heater=full_power");
-fuzzy_logic->AddRule("temperature=medium", "heater=a_little");
-fuzzy_logic->AddRule("temperature=high",   "heater=off");
-</code>
-	
-	<h>Rule operators</h>
-<code>
-fuzzy_logic->And(condition1, condition2);
-fuzzy_logic->Or(condition1, condition2);
-fuzzy_logic->Not(condition);
-</code>
-	<text>A simple example like above would obviously be boring. We can also combine different conditions into one rule. Imagine we would also have defined the set <b>window</b> with the textual value of <b>open</b>. Then we could adjust our rules as follows:</text>
-	<code>fuzzy_logic->AddRule(fuzzy_logic->And("temperature=medium", fuzzy_logic->Not("window=open")), "heater=a_little");</code>
-	
-	<h>Setting Values</h>
-<code>fuzzy_logic->Fuzzify(string set, int value);</code>
-	<text>After we have defined all sets and rules, we need to provide values for our sets. The function <i>Fuzzify</i> calculates how much a value fits to the different textual values of a set (e.g. how much the value 15 belongs to the textual <b>temperature</b> value <b>low</b>). The <i>Fuzzify</i> function can be called an arbitrary amount of times before the next <i>Execute</i>.</text>
-<code>
-local fuzzy_logic;
-private func Construction()
-{
-	fuzzy_logic = FuzzyLogic->Init();
-	// Define sets and rules here...
-	// ...
-	
-	// Update temperature every second.
-	AddTimer("UpdateTemperature", 30);
-}
-
-private func UpdateTemperature()
-{
-	fuzzy_logic->Fuzzify("temperature", <funclink>GetTemperature</funclink>());
-}
-</code>
-
-	<h>Getting actions</h>
-	<code>proplist fuzzy_logic->Execute();</code>
-	<text>After having set all necessary values, the resulting actions according to the rules are calculated when calling <i>Execute</i>. The return value is a proplist with all the sets that occur in the rule definitions as results. The values of the sets are the calculated values from set definitions.</text>
-<code>
-// Called regularly!
-private func ExecuteActions()
-{
-	// Calculate the resulting actions from our fuzzified values.
-	var actions = fuzzy_logic->Execute();
-	// The properties in 'actions' are the numerical values here.
-	Log("Turning the heater to %d%%!", actions["heater"]);
-}
-</code>
-	</part>
-	<author>Zapper</author><date>2015-09</date>
-</doc>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/GUI.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/GUI.xml
@ -1,319 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
-<!DOCTYPE doc
-  SYSTEM '../../clonk.dtd'>
-<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../../clonk.xsl"?>
-<doc>
-	<title>Script GUIs</title>
-	<h>Script GUIs</h>
-	<part>
-		<text>Scripted GUIs can be used to create menus, HUD elements and scoreboards.</text>
-		<h>Properties</h>
-		<text>(For a detailed explanation and examples, see below.) Every window can be defined by the following properties, which can additionally be <emlink href="#tagsforproperties">tagged</emlink>:</text>
-		<table>
-			<rowh>
-				<col>Name</col>
-				<col>Data type</col>
-				<col>Example</col>
-				<col>Description</col>
-			</rowh>
-			<row>
-				<col>ID</col>
-				<col>int</col>
-				<col>2</col>
-				<col>The ID of the window. See <emlink href="#windowid">below</emlink>.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>Target</col>
-				<col>object</col>
-				<col><funclink>GetCursor</funclink>(0)</col>
-				<col>The target of the window. See <emlink href="#windowid">below</emlink>.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>Left</col>
-				<col>string</col>
-				<col>"0%" (default)</col>
-				<col>The left corner of the window. See <emlink href="#coordinates">below</emlink>.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>Top</col>
-				<col>string</col>
-				<col>"0%" (default)</col>
-				<col>The top corner of the window. See <emlink href="#coordinates">below</emlink>.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>Right</col>
-				<col>string</col>
-				<col>"100%" (default)</col>
-				<col>The right corner of the window. See <emlink href="#coordinates">below</emlink>.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>Bottom</col>
-				<col>string</col>
-				<col>"100%" (default)</col>
-				<col>The bottom corner of the window. See <emlink href="#coordinates">below</emlink>.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>Margin</col>
-				<col>array</col>
-				<col><em>["1em", "1em"]</em></col>
-				<col>Margin around the window; used for layouts. The order is [<em>left</em>, <em>top</em>, <em>right</em>, <em>bottom</em> and will wrap around. You can specify all margins by giving only one item (f.e. <em>["1em"]</em>) or the X and Y margins by giving two items (f.e. <em>["1em, "0em"]</em>).</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>BackgroundColor</col>
-				<col>int</col>
-				<col><funclink>RGBa</funclink>(255, 0, 0, 128)</col>
-				<col>Solid background color of the window. The value 0 means no background color.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>Symbol</col>
-				<col>object/definition</col>
-				<col>Clonk</col>
-				<col>A symbol that will be drawn in the window. The symbol can be an object as well, in this case the current graphics and animations of that object will be drawn.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>GraphicsName</col>
-				<col>string</col>
-				<col>"Infinite"</col>
-				<col>Only if Symbol is a definition: the name of the graphics to use.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>Decoration</col>
-				<col>definition</col>
-				<col>GUI_MenuDeco</col>
-				<col>Menu decoration of the window. The menu decoration can be defined as for <funclink>CustomMessage</funclink>().</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>Text</col>
-				<col>string</col>
-				<col>"Hi there!"</col>
-				<col>Text that will be drawn in the window. The window's height will be adjusted to fit all the text</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>Tooltip</col>
-				<col>string</col>
-				<col>"Buy Loam"</col>
-				<col>Tooltip of the window.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>Style</col>
-				<col>int</col>
-				<col>GUI_TextVCenter</col>
-				<col>Combination of style-flags. For possible values, see <emlink href="#styleflags">below</emlink>.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>OnClick</col>
-				<col>array</col>
-				<col><funclink>GuiAction_Call</funclink>("GameOver")</col>
-				<col>Action that will be executed when the window is clicked, see <emlink href="#actions">below</emlink>.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>OnMouseIn</col>
-				<col>array</col>
-				<col><funclink>GuiAction_SetTag</funclink>("Hover")</col>
-				<col>Action that will be executed when the cursor enters the window, see <emlink href="#actions">below</emlink>.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>OnMouseOut</col>
-				<col>array</col>
-				<col><funclink>GuiAction_SetTag</funclink>("Std")</col>
-				<col>Action that will be executed when the cursor leaves the window, see <emlink href="#actions">below</emlink>.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>OnClose</col>
-				<col>array</col>
-				<col><funclink>GuiAction_Call</funclink>("RemoveHelper")</col>
-				<col>Action that will be executed when the window is closed, see <emlink href="#actions">below</emlink>.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>Priority</col>
-				<col>int</col>
-				<col>1000</col>
-				<col>Priority of the window that is used for layouts and for the drawing order. Higher number means higher priority.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>Player</col>
-				<col>player number</col>
-				<col><funclink>GetOwner</funclink>()</col>
-				<col>If given, the window is only visible to this player. Note that the target object also restricts visibility.</col>
-			</row>
-		</table>
-		<text>All other properties are proplists that define sub-windows. You should use non-capital names (i.e. <em>header</em>, not <em>Header</em>) for your sub-windows.</text>
-		<text>The names of your sub-windows properties can also be used in updates when you want to update properties in both a parent window and a child window. Names starting with an underscore (e.g. <em>_child</em>) are anonymous. That means that they can not be referenced by their name later and will not be overwritten by an update that uses the same name again. This can be used to add several new windows later without having to care for duplicate names. For an example, see <funclink>GuiUpdate</funclink>().</text>
-		<h id="styleflags">Style Flags</h>
-		Every window can have a combination of style flags as the <em>Style</em> property.
-		<table>
-			<rowh>
-				<col>Name</col>
-				<col>Description</col>
-			</rowh>
-			<row>
-				<col>GUI_Multiple</col>
-				<col>Only one window without this flag will be shown at a time, can be used to show multiple HUD elements using the GUI.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>GUI_TextVCenter</col>
-				<col>The text will be centered vertically.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>GUI_TextHCenter</col>
-				<col>The text will be centered horizontally.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>GUI_TextRight</col>
-				<col>The text will be aligned to the right.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>GUI_TextLeft</col>
-				<col>Default. The text will be aligned to the left.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>GUI_TextTop</col>
-				<col>Default. The text will be at the top.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>GUI_TextBottom</col>
-				<col>The text will be at the bottom.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>GUI_GridLayout</col>
-				<col>The sub-windows of this window will automatically be arranged in a grid.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>GUI_TightGridLayout</col>
-				<col>Like GUI_GridLayout but might reorder items and lead to less empty space between sub-windows.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>GUI_VerticalLayout</col>
-				<col>The sub-windows of this window will automatically be arranged vertically in a list.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>GUI_FitChildren</col>
-				<col>The window will adjust its height to fit the sub-windows. No scroll-bar will be shown.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>GUI_IgnoreMouse</col>
-				<col>No mouse-input will be used for this window. The window will not block mouse clicks to the landscape behind.</col>
-			</row>
-			<row>
-				<col>GUI_NoCrop</col>
-				<col>Children of this window may be drawn outside the window's bounds. Text in this window set with the <strong>Text</strong> property will not automatically be broken into multiple lines. Note that clipping is only performed for subwindows, not root windows.</col>
-			</row>
-		</table>
-		<text>For example multiple Style elements can be combined as: <em>Style = GUI_Multiple | GUI_TextVCenter | GUI_TextHCenter</em></text>
-		<h>The Window Concept</h>
-		<text>The whole menu system is basically just a way to display rectangles on the screen and react to events (clicks, mouse-over) that affect those rectangles. Every rectangle (now called <em>windows</em>) is defined by a proplist. Every property is either one of the attribute-properties which always start with a capital letter or defines a sub-window.</text>
-		<h id="windowid">A Window ID</h>
-		<text>For certain features, the scripter needs to be able to identify windows. This may be important to either react to events affecting certain windows or to update windows after the initial creation. Window IDs can be assigned using the property <strong>ID</strong>, but only <em>together</em> with the property <strong>Target</strong> (which stands for an ingame object) does an <strong>ID</strong> identify a window! This is important to allow the easy creation of menu libraries and pluggable-submenus which do not have to care for unique IDs that way. All callbacks coming from a window or updating a window will always take both a target and an ID. Aditionally, a window inherits the visibility of the target object and is destroyed when the target object is removed. Note that <em>nil</em> is a valid <strong>Target</strong> for all interactions. But if you are writing a library or a menu interface, you should consider giving your menus proper targets if they need to interact.</text>
-		<text>When you open your menu via <funclink>GuiOpen</funclink>() you get another ID, which is the ID of your root window that you cannot set yourself. You use that ID when you interact with the already opened GUI - for example when you want to close it, for an example see <funclink>GuiClose</funclink>().</text> 
-		<h id="coordinates">Coordinates</h>
-		<text>A window can have four properties to define its position: <strong>Left</strong>, <strong>Top</strong>, <strong>Right</strong>, <strong>Bottom</strong>. The coordinates are given as strings in percent of the parent window. The properties Right and Bottom define the position of the right and bottom border of the window and not the width and height. The definition to have a window cover the right half of its parent would look as follows:</text>
-<code>
-func MakeMyMenu()
-{
-	var menu =
-	{
-		Left = "50%",
-		Top = "0%",
-		Right = "100%",
-		Bottom = "100%",
-		...
-	};
-	var menu_id = <funclink>GuiOpen</funclink>(menu);
-	
-	// I made  up my mind, I'd rather not have a menu.
-	GuiClose(menu_id);
-}
-</code>
-		<text>While the relative positioning is prefered, windows can also have an absolute position that is added to the relative position. Imagine you would want to add fixed-size images below and on the left of the previous menu:</text>
-<code>
-func MakeMyMenu()
-{
-	var menu =
-	{
-		Left = "50% + 3.5em",
-		Top = "0%",
-		Right = "100%",
-		Bottom = "100% - 3.5em",
-		...
-	};
-	GuiOpen(menu);
-}
-</code>
-		<text>The unit of the absolute values is in <em>em</em> - 1em is exactly the height of the font, so a text box of 2em height can always contain two lines of text. For both the relative and the absolute values, you can provide decimal numbers (f.e. <em>Left = "10.5321% - 1.3333em"</em>).</text>
-		<text>Especially if you need to do some math with the positions, there are some interesting helper functions defined for you in <strong>System.ocg/GUIs.c</strong>.</text>
-		<h>Positioning Example</h>
-		<text>Here is an example with a screenshot that details in what margins the given positions will result.</text>
-<code>
-func MakeMyMenu()
-{
-	var menu =
-	{
-		Text = "I am the container!",
-		BackgroundColor = <funclink>RGB</funclink>(255, 255, 100),
-		rightbottom =
-		{
-			Text = "I am at the bottom right",
-			BackgroundColor = <funclink>RGB</funclink>(100, 255, 255),
-			Left = "25% + 6em",
-			Top = "25%", Bottom = "90%",
-			centerbottom =
-			{
-				Text = "I might be a text box",
-				BackgroundColor = <funclink>RGB</funclink>(255, 100, 255),
-				Left = "10%", Right = "90%",
-				Top = "100% - 5em", Bottom = "100%"
-			}
-		}
-	};
-	GuiOpen(menu);
-}
-</code>
-		<text><img src="../../images/GuiPositioning.jpg" width="829" height="561"/><br />The result of the example code above.</text>
-		<text>In the screenshot the GUI debugging info is activated, too. You can reach it via hitting CTRL+F7 multiple times.</text>
-		<h id="tagsforproperties">Tags for Properties</h>
-		<text>Nearly all properties can be tagged - that means they can be assigned different values for different <em>tags</em>. The default tag for every window is <em>Std</em>. To assign multiple values for different tags, just assign a proplist instead of the original property value, such as:</text>
-<code>
-BackgroundColor = 
-{
-	Std = <funclink>RGB</funclink>(255, 0, 0),
-	Hover = <funclink>RGB</funclink>(0, 255, 0)
-}
-</code>
-		<text>instead of <em>BackgroundColor = <funclink>RGB</funclink>(255, 0, 0)</em></text>
-		<text>To change the tag of a window use <funclink>GuiUpdateTag</funclink>() or <funclink>GuiAction_SetTag</funclink>(). When you change a tag, the change usually also affects the children of the window. Note that the window <strong>ID</strong> and <strong>Target</strong> can not be tagged.</text>
-		<h id="actions">Actions</h>
-		<text>To make the player able to interact with the windows, actions can be defined that are executed on a certain event. Possible events are for example <em>OnClick</em>, <em>OnMouseIn</em>, <em>OnMouseOut</em>. Possible actions are <funclink>GuiAction_Call</funclink>() and <funclink>GuiAction_SetTag</funclink>(). An example:</text>
-<code>
-func Initialize()
-{
-	var menu =
-	{
-		BackgroundColor = 
-		{
-			Std = 0,
-			Hover = <funclink>RGBa</funclink>(255, 0, 0, 200)
-		},
-		OnMouseIn = [<funclink>GuiAction_SetTag</funclink>("Hover"), <funclink>GuiAction_Call</funclink>(this, "Hovering", "I am a parameter")],
-		OnMouseOut = <funclink>GuiAction_SetTag</funclink>("Std"),
-		OnClick = <funclink>GuiAction_Call</funclink>(this, "ClickedMyMenu")
-	};
-	GuiOpen(menu);
-}
-
-func Hovering(data, int player, int ID, int subwindow_ID, object target)
-{
-	Log("Player %d is hovering on my menu.", player);
-	Log("The custom parameter was: %s", data);
-	// output "The custom parameter was: I am a parameter"
-}
-
-func ClickedMyMenu(data, int player, int ID, int subwindow_ID, object target)
-{
-	Log("Player %s clicked on my menu! Blowing up something..", <funclink>GetPlayerName</funclink>(player));
-	var clonk = <funclink>FindObject</funclink>(Find_OCF(OCF_Alive), <funclink>Find_Not</funclink>(Find_Owner(player)));
-	if (clonk) clonk-&gt;<funclink>Explode</funclink>(20);
-}
-</code>
-	</part>
-	<author>Zapper</author><date>2014-10</date>
-</doc>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/MapScript.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/MapScript.xml
@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ func InitializeMap(proplist map)
 	// Draw some resources into the ground
 	DrawWaterVeins(3, [0,map.Hgt/3,map.Wdt,map.Hgt*2/3]);
 	DrawCoal(6);
-	DrawFirestone(4);
+	DrawSulphur(4);
 	DrawRock(15);
 	DrawOre(4);
 	DrawGold(2*GetStartupPlayerCount()); // amount of gold depends on player count!
@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Blit(layer, [0,0,layer.Wdt/2,layer.Hgt]);</code>
    <code>Draw("Earth", {Algo=MAPALGO_RndChecker, Wdt=5, Hgt=5});</code>
    <text>In addition to pattern-generating algorithms, there are also modifier algorithms that take other algorithms as parameters. For example, the Turbulence algorithm jumbles all pixels of the underlying algorithm around to create a noisy pattern:</text>
    <code>var checkerboard = {Algo=MAPALGO_RndChecker, Wdt=10, Hgt=10};
-var jumbled_checkerboard = {Algo=MAPALGO_Turbulence, Amplitude=10, Scale=10, Op=checkerboard};
+var jumbled_checkerboard = {Algo=MAPALGO_Turbulence, Amplitude=10, Scale=10};
 Draw("Earth", jumbled_checkerboard);</code>
    <text>Modifier algorithms can also be applied to layer contents directly. For example, to flip the contents of the current map, one could write:</text>
    <code>// Backup contents of current map
@ -260,11 +260,11 @@ Blit({Algo=MAPALGO_Scale, OffX=Wdt/2, X=-100, Op=copy_layer});
          </row><row>
            <col>OffX</col>
            <col>0</col>
-            <col>X position of fixed point that remains in position. Actual fixed point is translated left by -0.5 pixels to achieve proper pixel mapping.</col>
+            <col>X position of fixed point that remains in position.</col>
          </row><row>
            <col>OffY</col>
            <col>0</col>
-            <col>Y position of fixed point that remains in position. Actual fixed point is translated up by -0.5 pixels to achieve proper pixel mapping.</col>
+            <col>Y position of fixed point that remains in position.</col>
          </row>
       </table></text></part>
    <h>MAPALGO_Rotate</h><part>
@ -292,10 +292,6 @@ Blit({Algo=MAPALGO_Scale, OffX=Wdt/2, X=-100, Op=copy_layer});
    <text>Jumbles its operand around by moving points by a randomized offset.</text>
      <text><table><rowh><col>Parameter</col><col>Default</col><col>Meaning</col></rowh>
          <row>
-            <col>Op</col>
-            <col></col>
-            <col>Algorithms that is being manipulated.</col>
-          </row><row>
            <col>Seed</col>
            <col>Random(65536)</col>
            <col>If nonzero, the offset map is generated from a fixed seed.</col>
@ -394,18 +390,13 @@ Blit({Algo=MAPALGO_Scale, OffX=Wdt/2, X=-100, Op=copy_layer});
          <row>
            <col>Sky</col>
            <col>Sky</col>
-            <col>Draws a sky material. Within the map generator, explicit sky is drawn as index 0xff, which is converted to index zero on map drawing. That way, sky can be blitted to other layers without being transparent.</col>
+            <col>Draws a sky material. Within the map generator, explicit sky is drawn as IFT (0x80), which is converted to index zero on map drawing. That way, sky can be blitted to other layers without being transparent.</col>
          </row>
          <row>
            <col>Transparent</col>
            <col>Transparent</col>
            <col>Draws with index 0.</col>
          </row>
-          <row>
-            <col>FgMatTex:BgMatTex</col>
-            <col>Water:Tunnel-brickback</col>
-            <col>Draws with a specified background material. In the example, draws water which, when drained, exposes bricks instead of tunnel behind it. FgMatTex and BgMatTex can be any of the other specifications in this table, except the ones prefixed with ^. However, the specification FgMatTex:Sky is equivalent to ^FgMatTex.</col> 
-          </row>
        </table>
      </text>
    <h>Material-texture masks (string mask_spec)</h>
@ -430,7 +421,7 @@ Blit({Algo=MAPALGO_Scale, OffX=Wdt/2, X=-100, Op=copy_layer});
          <row>
            <col>Sky</col>
            <col>Sky</col>
-            <col>True for explicit sky material (0xff) only. Not true for transaprent (0) pixels.</col>
+            <col>True for explicit sky material (0x80) only. Not true for transaprent (0) pixels.</col>
          </row>
          <row>
            <col>Transparent</col>
@ -455,7 +446,7 @@ Blit({Algo=MAPALGO_Scale, OffX=Wdt/2, X=-100, Op=copy_layer});
          <row>
            <col>*</col>
            <col>*</col>
-            <col>True for all materials, including sky.</col>
+            <col>True for all materials.</col>
          </row>
          <row>
            <col>^Definition</col>
@ -492,16 +483,10 @@ Blit({Algo=MAPALGO_Scale, OffX=Wdt/2, X=-100, Op=copy_layer});
      <text>Recreates the calling layer or map surface in the given size. All contents are deleted and the layer is filled with zeroes. Use functions Duplicate and Blit to backup and restore any old layer contents if you want to extent the map without losing its contents. Returns true on success.</text>
      <text><code>proplist Duplicate(any mask_spec, array rect);</code></text>
      <text>Creates a new layer with the same size and surface contents as this layer. If a rect is given, the new layer is smaller and contains only the portion included in rect. If mask_spec is given, only pixels passing the mask are set and all other pixels in the new layer are zero.</text>
-      <text><code>int GetDefaultBackgroundIndex(any col);</code></text>
-      <text>Returns the material-texture index of the default background color of the given color. It may be given either as string (mattex) or palette index.</text>
-      <text><code>int GetMaterialTextureIndex(string mattex);</code></text>
-      <text>Returns the material-texture index of the given string. Can be either "Sky", "Transparent", a material name, or a material-texture combination.</text>
      <text><code>int GetPixel(int x, int y);</code></text>
      <text>Gets the pixel color at the given position in this layer. If x,y is outside the layer, zero is returned.</text>
-      <text><code>int GetBackPixel(int x, int y);</code></text>
-      <text>Gets the pixel color of the background material at the given position in this layer. If x,y is outside the layer, zero is returned.</text>
-      <text><code>bool SetPixel(int x, int y, any new_fg, any new_bg);</code></text>
-      <text>Sets the pixel and the background pixel at position x,y in this layer to new_fg and new_bg, respectively. Color may be given as string (mattex) or palette index. Use nil to keep foreground or background unchanged. Returns true on success.</text>
+      <text><code>bool SetPixel(int x, int y, int new_color);</code></text>
+      <text>Sets the pixel at position x,y in this layer to new_color. Returns true on success.</text>
      <text><code>int GetPixelCount(any mask_spec, array rect);</code></text>
      <text>Returns number of pixels on this layer or map within rect that fulfill mask_spec.</text>
      <text><code>bool FindPosition(proplist out_pos, mask_spec, array rect, int max_tries);</code></text>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/Shape.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/Shape.xml
@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
-<!DOCTYPE doc
-  SYSTEM '../../clonk.dtd'>
-<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../../clonk.xsl"?>
-<doc>
-  <title>Shape library</title>
-  <h>Shape library</h>
-  <part>
-     <text>The shape library, defined in Objects.ocd/Libraries.ocd/Shape.ocd and available under the definition name Shape, provides functionality for defining 2D shapes typically used to address landscape areas e.g. for plant seed ranges, or search areas. For example, the <funclink>PlaceVegetation</funclink> engine function accepts a shape as an optional way to define the area in which vegetation should be placed. Shape coordinates are defined as-is and do not perform any coordinate transformation between global and object-local contexts.</text>
-    <h>Shape creation</h>
-    <text>Shape creation functions are public functions in the Shape definition. They return proplists with a common <a href="#interface">interface</a>. The following shapes can be created:</text>
-    <text></text>
-    <code>proplist Shape->Rectangle(int x, int y, int w, int h);</code>
-    <text>Represents a rectangular shape starting at point (x,y) with width w and height h. By definition, point (x,y) is included in the area while point (x+w,x+h) is not.</text>
-    <text></text>
-    <code>proplist Shape->Circle(int cx, int cy, int r);</code>
-    <text>Returns a circular shape around the center point (cx,cy) with radius r.</text>
-    <text></text>
-    <code>proplist Shape->Combine(proplist s1, proplist s2, ...);</code>
-    <text>Returns the shape that is a combination of the two or more sub-shapes passed as parameters s1 through sn. That is, a point is contained in the result shape iff it is contained in any of the sub-shapes.</text>
-    <text></text>
-    <code>proplist Shape->Intersect(proplist s1, proplist s2, ...);</code>
-    <text>Returns the shape that is an intersection of the two or more sub-shapes passed as parameters s1 through sn. That is, a point is contained in the result shape iff it is contained in all of the sub-shapes.</text>
-    <text></text>
-    <code>proplist Shape->Subtract(proplist in, proplist ex);</code>
-    <text>Returns the shape that is contains the sub-shape in but does not contain the sub-shape ex.</text>
-    <text></text>
-    <code>proplist Shape->LandscapeRectangle();</code>
-    <text>Returns a rectangle encompassing the whole landscape.</text>
-  </part><part>
-    <h>Shape interface</h>
-    <text>Each shape type implements a common set of interface functions to be called in the context of the shape proplist:</text>
-    <text></text>
-    <code>bool IsPointContained(int x, int y);</code>
-    <text>Returns true iff the the point at (x,y) is contained in the shape.</text>
-    <text></text>
-    <code>bool GetRandomPoint(proplist out, optional int max_tries = 200);</code>
-    <text>Finds a random position in the shape and returns it as properties x and y in the supplied proplist. The return value indivates whether a point could be found.</text>
-    <text>The parameter max_tries indicates how many times the algorithm tries to find a point within the shape. The function is guaranteed to succeed for non-empty base shapes (i.e. rectangle and circle) as well as combined shapes on a single try. However a stochastic approach is used for intersection and subtraction shapes where random points are queried from one of the sub-shapes and subsequently checked against the other sub-shapes.</text>
-    <text></text>
-    <code>bool GetArea();</code>
-    <text>Returns the area covered by the shape in squared pixels.</text>
-    <text></text>    
-    <code>proplist GetBoundingRectangle();</code>
-    <text>Returns a rectangular shape that includes at least the whole shape used as calling context.</text>
-    <text></text>
-    <part>
-      <h>Rectangle interface</h>
-      <text>If the shape is a rectangle, the following two helper functions for the <funclink>FindObjects</funclink>-family of functions:</text>
-<code>array Find_In(object context);
-array Find_At(object context);</code>
-      <text>These functions return <funclink>Find_InRect</funclink> and <funclink>Find_AtRect</funclink> search criterions for the defined rectangle areas respectively. Optionally, a context object may be supplied, in which case the areas are interpreted in local object coordinates.</text>
-    </part>
-  </part><part>
-    <h>Examples</h>
-<code>func Initialize()
-{
-	PlaceObjectsInShape(Rock, 20, Shape->Circle(LandscapeWidth()/2, LandscapeHeight()/2, 300));
-	PlaceObjectsInShape(Nugget, 50, Shape->LandscapeRectangle());
-	PlaceObjectsInShape(Coal, 30, Shape->Subtract(Shape->LandscapeRectangle(), Shape->Circle(LandscapeWidth()/2, LandscapeHeight()/2, 300)));
-	return true;
-}
-
-private func PlaceObjectsInShape(def item_id, int count, proplist area)
-{
-	var pos = {};
-	while (count--)
-		if (area->GetRandomPoint(pos))
-			if (GBackSolid(pos.x, pos.y))
-				CreateObject(item_id, pos.x, pos.y);
-	return true;
-}</code>
-    <text>Example scenario script that places some underground materials. Up to 20 pieces of rock are placed in a circular area of radius 300 from the center of the landscape. Up to 50 pieces of gold are placed spread all over the map. Up to 30 pieces of coal are placed anywhere in the landscape outside a central, circular area.</text>
-    <text></text>
-<code>func Initialize()
-{
-	// Create message trigger for central landscape position
-	CreateMessageTrigger("You've reached the landscape center.", Shape->Rectangle(LandscapeWidth()/2-50, LandscapeHeight()/2-50, 100, 100));
-	// Create message trigger for border position
-	CreateMessageTrigger("You've reached the left or right landscape border.",
-		Shape->Combine(
-			Shape->Rectangle(0, 0, 50, LandscapeHeight()),
-			Shape->Rectangle(LandscapeWidth()-50, 0, 50, LandscapeHeight())
-		));
-	return true;
-}
-
-// Creates a trigger that displays the message to any living objects entering the area
-func CreateMessageTrigger(string message, proplist area)
-{
-	area.find_condition = area->GetBoundingRectangle()->Find_In();
-	return ScheduleCall(nil, Scenario.TestMessageTrigger, 3, 0x7fffffff, message, area);
-}
-
-// Periodically called for each message trigger
-func TestMessageTrigger(message, area)
-{
-	// Look for any objects in the bounding region
-	for (var obj in FindObjects(area.find_condition, Find_OCF(OCF_Alive)))
-		// Check the exact shape of the trigger region
-		if (area->IsPointContained(obj->GetX(), obj->GetY()))
-			// OK, show message!
-			obj->Message(message);
-	return true;
-}</code>
-    <text>Example scenario script that Generates two trigger regions in which messages are displayed above the heads of clonks or other animals entering them.</text>
-  
-  </part>
-  <author>Sven2</author><date>2015-07</date>
-</doc>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/SoundModifiers.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/SoundModifiers.xml
@ -1,338 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
-<!DOCTYPE doc
-  SYSTEM '../../clonk.dtd'>
-<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../../clonk.xsl"?>
-<doc>
-  <title>Sound modifiers</title>
-  <h>Sound modifiers</h>
-  <part>
-    <h>Usage</h>
-    <text>A number of different sound modifiers can be attached to sounds. Sound modifiers are accessed via script by passing a prop list defining them to the <funclink>Sound</funclink> script functions. Sample prop lists are already defined in the Ambience definition in Objects.ocd. If Objects.ocd is loaded, you can for example play the "Ding" sound with a reverb-effect:</text>
-    <code>Sound("Ding",,,,,,,Ambience.CaveModifier);</code>
-    <text>Custom modifiers may also be created using the prototype classes provided in the ambience object:</text>
-     
-<code>// Play "Ding" sound with an extra-long reverb modifier
-long_reverb_modifier = new Ambience.SoundModifier {
-	Type = C4SMT_Reverb,
-	Reverb_Decay_Time = 10000,
-};
-Sound("Ding",,,,,,,long_reverb_modifier);
-modifier->Release();</code>
-
-    <text>Sound modifiers are lazy-initialized, that is the filters are computed when the first sound with that effect is played. The engine also holds filters of any used modifiers attached to the used prop list in memory until released by the Release()-call provided by the ambience library, which wraps <funclink>ChangeSoundModifier</funclink> with appropriate parameters.</text>
-    <text>Since filter creation may cost some performance, it is recommended to create filter prop lists at round start and keep them for any effects. Please note that modifier lookup happens by prop list pointer only, not by its contents. Recreating and failing to release sound modifier prop lists therefore constitutes a memory-leak.</text>
-    <text>If sound modifiers are released, they are kept active until the last sound using them finishes. Note that for modifiers such as echo, this could still cut off sounds because the modifier outlasts the original sound (potentially forever for echo without decay).</text>
-    <text>Some existing modifiers may also be updated and updates reflected to the sounds played, even with those currently playing, by using the Update()-call such as in this example scenario script:</text>
-
-<code>static reverb_modifier;
-
-func Initialize()
-{
-	// Play "Ding" sound repeatedly and modify reverb
-	reverb_modifier = new Ambience.SoundModifier {
-		Type = C4SMT_Echo,
-		Echo_Feedback = 1000,
-	};
-	Sound("Ding",,,,1,,,reverb_modifier);
-	ScheduleCall(nil, this.Timer, 30, 99999);
-	return true;
-}
-
-func Timer()
-{
-	// Update effect every 30 frames
-	reverb_modifier.Echo_Feedback = Random(2) * 500;
-	reverb_modifier->Update();
-	return true;
-}</code>
-    <text>Note that runtime updating does not work for the reverb modifier in the openal-soft library.</text>
-  <part>
-  <h>Global modifiers</h>
-  <text>Global modifiers can be set using the <funclink>SetGlobalSoundModifier</funclink> (see function documentation for example). These modifiers are applied to all sounds played in the viewport of a player or all players that do not have a modifier yet. Please note that it is not possible to combine multiple modifiers on a single sound.</text>
-  </part>
-  </part>
-  <part>
-  <h>Property reference</h>
-  <text>The effect is selected from the Type-property, which may have the following values:</text>
-    <table>
-      <rowh>
-        <col>Constant</col>
-        <col>Effect</col>
-      </rowh>
-      <row>
-        <col>C4SMT_Reverb</col>
-        <col>Reverb effect caused by sound bouncing off walls in enclosed spaces.</col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>C4SMT_Echo</col>
-        <col>Sound repeat as caused by loud sounds reflected in very large spaces.</col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>C4SMT_Equalizer</col>
-        <col>Custom amplification of up to four definable frequency bands. Note: When running with OpenAL soft, only supported with version 1.16 or above (not shipped by default).</col>
-      </row>
-    </table>
-  <text>Each modifier has a number of parameters. These consult to standard parameters for the OpenAL EFX library by dividing all given integer values by 1000 to yield float values.</text>
-  <part><h>Reverb modifier</h>
-    <table>
-      <rowh>
-        <col>Property</col>
-        <col>Type</col>
-        <col>Default</col>
-        <col>Minmum</col>
-        <col>Maximum</col>
-        <col>Remarks</col>
-      </rowh>
-      <row>
-        <col>Reverb_Density</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Reverb_Diffusion</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Reverb_Gain</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>316</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Reverb_GainHF</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Reverb_Decay_Time</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>2910</col>
-        <col>100</col>
-        <col>20000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Reverb_Decay_HFRatio</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>1300</col>
-        <col>100</col>
-        <col>20000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Reverb_Reflections_Gain</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>500</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-        <col>3160</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Reverb_Reflections_Delay</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>15</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-        <col>300</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Reverb_Late_Reverb_Gain</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>706</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-        <col>10000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Reverb_Late_Reverb_Delay</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>22</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-        <col>100</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Reverb_Air_Absorption_GainHF</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>994</col>
-        <col>892</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Reverb_Room_Rolloff_Factor</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-        <col>10000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Reverb_Decay_HFLimit</col>
-        <col>bool</col>
-        <col>true</col>
-        <col></col>
-        <col></col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-    </table>
-    </part>
-  <part><h>Echo modifier</h>
-    <table>
-      <rowh>
-        <col>Property</col>
-        <col>Type</col>
-        <col>Default</col>
-        <col>Minmum</col>
-        <col>Maximum</col>
-        <col>Description</col>
-      </rowh>
-      <row>
-        <col>Echo_Delay</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>100</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-        <col>207</col>
-        <col>Time delay for first, centered echo.</col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Echo_LRDelay</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>100</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-        <col>404</col>
-        <col>Time delay for secondary, panning echo.</col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Echo_Damping</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>500</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-        <col>990</col>
-        <col>Amount of high-frequency damping.</col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Echo_Feedback</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>500</col>
-        <col>0</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col>Amount of original signal fed into the echo. A value of 1000 would lead to an infinite echo.</col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Echo_Spread</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>-1000</col>
-        <col>-1000</col>
-        <col>+1000</col>
-        <col>Controls the amount of panning left and right, with the sign determining if the first jump is left or right. A value of zero means no echo panning.</col>
-      </row>
-    </table>
-    </part>
-  <part><h>Equalizer modifier</h>
-    <table>
-      <rowh>
-        <col>Property</col>
-        <col>Type</col>
-        <col>Default</col>
-        <col>Minmum</col>
-        <col>Maximum</col>
-        <col>Remarks</col>
-      </rowh>
-      <row>
-        <col>Equalizer_Low_Gain</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col>126</col>
-        <col>7943</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Equalizer_Low_Cutoff</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>200000</col>
-        <col>50000</col>
-        <col>800000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Equalizer_Mid1_Gain</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col>126</col>
-        <col>7943</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Equalizer_Mid1_Center</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>500000</col>
-        <col>200000</col>
-        <col>3000000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Equalizer_Mid1_Width</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col>10</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Equalizer_Mid2_Gain</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col>126</col>
-        <col>7943</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Equalizer_Mid2_Center</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>3000000</col>
-        <col>1000000</col>
-        <col>8000000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Equalizer_Mid2_Width</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col>10</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Equalizer_High_Gain</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>1000</col>
-        <col>126</col>
-        <col>7943</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-      <row>
-        <col>Equalizer_High_Cutoff</col>
-        <col>int</col>
-        <col>6000000</col>
-        <col>4000000</col>
-        <col>16000000</col>
-        <col></col>
-      </row>
-    </table>
-    </part>
-  </part>
-  <author>Sven2</author><date>2015-07</date>
-</doc>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/Abs.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/Abs.xml
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  <func>
    <title>Abs</title>
    <category>Arithmetics</category>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>int</rtype>
      <params>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/AbsX.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/AbsX.xml
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
    <title>AbsX</title>
    <category>Objects</category>
    <subcat>Position</subcat>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>int</rtype>
      <params>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/AbsY.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/AbsY.xml
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
    <title>AbsY</title>
    <category>Objects</category>
    <subcat>Position</subcat>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>int</rtype>
      <params>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/ActIdle.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/ActIdle.xml
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
    <title>ActIdle</title>
    <category>Objects</category>
    <subcat>Activity</subcat>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax><rtype>bool</rtype></syntax>
    <desc>Checks whether an object is currently performing an activity.</desc>
    <related>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/AddCommand.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/AddCommand.xml
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
    <title>AddCommand</title>
    <category>Objects</category>
    <subcat>Commands</subcat>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>bool</rtype>
      <params>
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
    <examples>
      <example>
        <code>
-  var obj = <funclink>FindObject</funclink>(<funclink>Find_InRect</funclink>(-20, -40, 40, 40), <funclink>Find_OCF</funclink>(<funclink>OCF_CrewMember</funclink>));
+  var obj = <funclink>FindObject</funclink>(<funclink>Find_Rect</funclink>(-20, -40, 40, 40), <funclink>Find_OCF</funclink>(<funclink>OCF_CrewMember</funclink>));
  if(obj)
    if(obj-&gt;<funclink>GetComDir</funclink>() == <funclink>COMD_Right</funclink>)
      obj-&gt;<funclink>AddCommand</funclink>(&quot;Jump&quot;);
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/AddEffect.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/AddEffect.xml
@ -6,8 +6,7 @@
  <func>
    <title>AddEffect</title>
    <category>Effects</category>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
-    <deprecated />
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>proplist</rtype>
      <params>
@ -19,7 +18,7 @@
        <param>
          <type>object</type>
          <name>target</name>
-          <desc>Target object for the effect. If <code>nil</code>, <code>Global</code> is used, but the target parameter of the callbacks will get <code>nil</code>.</desc>
+          <desc>Target object for the effect. If <code>nil</code>, a global effect is created.</desc>
          <optional />
        </param>
        <param>
@ -75,7 +74,6 @@
    <remark>For examples and more information see the <emlink href="script/Effects.html">effects documentation</emlink>.</remark>
    <related>
      <emlink href="script/Effects.html">Effects Documentation</emlink>
-      <funclink>CreateEffect</funclink>
      <funclink>CheckEffect</funclink>
      <funclink>GetEffectCount</funclink>
      <funclink>EffectCall</funclink>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/AddFragmentShader.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/AddFragmentShader.xml
@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
-<!DOCTYPE funcs
-  SYSTEM '../../../clonk.dtd'>
-<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../../../clonk.xsl"?>
-<funcs>
-  <func>
-    <title>AddFragmentShader</title>
-    <category>Global</category>
-    <version>8.0 OC</version>
-    <syntax>
-      <rtype>int</rtype>
-      <params>
-        <param>
-          <type>string</type>
-          <name>category</name>
-          <desc>
-            Shader category or shader name the slices are added to. Known categories:
-            <table>
-              <rowh>
-                <col>Category</col>
-                <col>Description</col>
-              </rowh>
-              <row>
-                <col>Common</col>
-                <col>Applies to everything.</col>
-              </row>
-              <row>
-                <col>Object</col>
-                <col>Applies to all objects and sprites.</col>
-              </row>
-              <row>
-                <col>Landscape</col>
-                <col>Applies to the landscape.</col>
-              </row>
-            </table>
-          </desc>
-        </param>
-        <param>
-          <type>string</type>
-          <name>shader</name>
-          <desc>The GLSL shader code.</desc>
-        </param>
-      </params>
-    </syntax>
-    <desc>Adds shader slices to a category of shaders or to a single shader. Returns an identifier for removal.</desc>
-    <remark>
-      Consider using built-in functions such as <funclink>SetGamma</funclink>, <funclink>SetMatAdjust</funclink>, or <funclink>SetClrModulation</funclink> for changing colors instead of writing a custom shader.
-    </remark>
-    <examples>
-      <example>
-        <code>AddFragmentShader("Landscape", "slice(color+1) { fragColor.r = 1.f; }");</code>
-        <text>Makes the landscape very red.</text>
-      </example>
-    </examples>
-    <related>
-      <funclink>RemoveShader</funclink>
-    </related>
-  </func>
-  <author>Luchs</author><date>2016-10</date>
-</funcs>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/AddMenuItem.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/AddMenuItem.xml
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
    <title>AddMenuItem</title>
    <category>Objects</category>
    <subcat>Menu</subcat>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>int</rtype>
      <params>
@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
        <param>
          <type>int</type>
          <name>extra</name>
-          <desc>Extra parameter for special behaviour of the menu entry.<br/> Lower 7 bits (0-127): menu symbol.<br/> 0: normal<br/> 1: rank symbol. With symbol specified, the Rank.png component of that definition will be used. count indicates the rank<br/> 2: picture facet, shifted to the right by XPar1 times the facet width. This is used to include multiple menu symbols in a single definition.<br/> 3: XPar1 specifies an object to be drawn with the rank symbol. If the object has no info section (and thus no rank), there will be an empty entry in context menus.<br/> 4: XPar1 specifies an object to be drawn.<br/> 7: XPar1 is a prop list that contains parameters for the menu symbol drawing. See picture parameter of <funclink>CustomMessage</funclink> for possible members. Bit 8 (128): XPar2 is used as object value and overrides the normal object value. Also see extra in <funclink>CreateMenu</funclink></desc>
+          <desc>Extra parameter for special behaviour of the menu entry.<br/> Lower 7 bits (0-127): menu symbol.<br/> 0: normal<br/> 1: rank symbol. With symbol specified, the Rank.png component of that definition will be used. count indicates the rank<br/> 2: picture facet, shifted to the right by XPar1 times the facet width. This is used to include multiple menu symbols in a single definition.<br/> 3: XPar1 specifies an object to be drawn with the rank symbol. If the object has no info section (and thus no rank), there will be an empty entry in context menus.<br/> 4: XPar1 specifies an object to be drawn.<br/> Bit 8 (128): XPar2 is used as object value and overrides the normal object value. Also see extra in <funclink>CreateMenu</funclink></desc>
          <optional />
        </param>
        <param>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/AddMsgBoardCmd.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/AddMsgBoardCmd.xml
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  <func>
    <title>AddMsgBoardCmd</title>
    <category>Interface</category>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>int</rtype>
      <params>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/AddVertex.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/AddVertex.xml
@ -7,19 +7,19 @@
    <title>AddVertex</title>
    <category>Objects</category>
    <subcat>Vertices</subcat>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
-      <rtype>bool</rtype>
+      <rtype>int</rtype>
      <params>
        <param>
          <type>int</type>
          <name>x</name>
-          <desc>X coordinate, relative to the object center.</desc>
+          <desc>X coordinate, relative to the object center</desc>
        </param>
        <param>
          <type>int</type>
          <name>y</name>
-          <desc>Y coordinate, relative to the object center.</desc>
+          <desc>Y coordinate, relative to the object center</desc>
        </param>
      </params>
    </syntax>
@ -32,7 +32,6 @@
      </example>
    </examples>
    <related>
-	  <funclink>InsertVertex</funclink>
      <funclink>GetVertex</funclink>
      <funclink>SetVertex</funclink>
      <funclink>GetVertexNum</funclink>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/Angle.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/Angle.xml
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  <func>
    <title>Angle</title>
    <category>Arithmetics</category>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>int</rtype>
      <params>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_AbsX.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_AbsX.xml
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  <func>
    <title>Anim_AbsX</title>
    <category>Animations</category>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>array</rtype>
      <params>
@ -50,7 +50,6 @@
      <funclink>Anim_Y</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_R</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsY</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Dist</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_XDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_YDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_Action</funclink>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_AbsY.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_AbsY.xml
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  <func>
    <title>Anim_AbsY</title>
    <category>Animations</category>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>array</rtype>
      <params>
@ -50,7 +50,6 @@
      <funclink>Anim_Y</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_R</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsX</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Dist</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_XDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_YDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_Action</funclink>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_Action.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_Action.xml
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  <func>
    <title>Anim_Action</title>
    <category>Animations</category>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>array</rtype>
      <params />
@ -30,7 +30,6 @@
      <funclink>Anim_R</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsX</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsY</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Dist</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_XDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_YDir</funclink>
    </related>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_Const.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_Const.xml
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  <func>
    <title>Anim_Const</title>
    <category>Animations</category>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>array</rtype>
      <params>
@ -35,7 +35,6 @@
      <funclink>Anim_R</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsX</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsY</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Dist</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_XDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_YDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_Action</funclink>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_Dist.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_Dist.xml
@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
-<!DOCTYPE funcs
-  SYSTEM '../../../clonk.dtd'>
-<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../../../clonk.xsl"?>
-<funcs>
-  <func>
-    <title>Anim_Dist</title>
-    <category>Animations</category>
-    <version>6.0 OC</version>
-    <syntax>
-      <rtype>array</rtype>
-      <params>
-        <param>
-          <type>int</type>
-          <name>position</name>
-          <desc>Start value. Should be inside the interval given by begin and end.</desc>
-        </param>
-        <param>
-          <type>int</type>
-          <name>begin</name>
-          <desc>Start of the interval.</desc>
-        </param>
-        <param>
-          <type>int</type>
-          <name>end</name>
-          <desc>End of the interval. If end is greater than begin then the value increases with every movement of the object, otherwise it decreases.</desc>
-        </param>
-        <param>
-          <type>int</type>
-          <name>length</name>
-          <desc>Number of pixels to be moved for the animation to be played from begin to end.</desc>
-        </param>
-      </params>
-    </syntax>
-    <desc>The value depends on the distance travelled by the aboject. Every pixel the object moves increases the value a little bit. Once end has been reached the value is reset to begin. This is a combination of <funclink>Anim_AbsX</funclink> and <funclink>Anim_AbsY</funclink>, where the movement in both coordinates is considered.</desc>
-    <remark>See the <emlink href="definition/animations.html">animation documentation</emlink> for further explanations of the animation system.</remark>
-    <examples>
-      <example>
-        <code><funclink>PlayAnimation</funclink>(&quot;Fly&quot;, 5, <funclink>Anim_Dist</funclink>(0, 0, <funclink>GetAnimationLength</funclink>(&quot;Fly&quot;), 20), <funclink>Anim_Const</funclink>(1000));</code>
-        <text>Plays the animation "Fly" in slot 5, superimposing any other potential animations in slot 5. The animation is played the faster the faster the object moves. Once it moved 20 pixels the animation has been played from begin to end and restarts at its beginning. This could be used for an engine animation of a flying object where the engine should only be animated as long as the object is moving.</text>
-      </example>
-    </examples>
-    <related>
-      <funclink>PlayAnimation</funclink>
-      <funclink>SetAnimationPosition</funclink>
-      <funclink>SetAnimationWeight</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Const</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Linear</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_X</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Y</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_R</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_AbsX</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_AbsY</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Dist</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_XDir</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_YDir</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Action</funclink>
-    </related>
-  </func>
-  <author>Clonk-Karl</author><date>2014-10</date>
-</funcs>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_Linear.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_Linear.xml
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  <func>
    <title>Anim_Linear</title>
    <category>Animations</category>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>array</rtype>
      <params>
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
              <rowh><col>Constant</col><col>Value</col><col>Description</col></rowh>
              <row><col>ANIM_Loop</col><col>0</col><col>Once end is reached the value is reset to begin so the cycle restarts.</col></row>
              <row><col>ANIM_Hold</col><col>1</col><col>Once end is reached the value remains constant.</col></row>
-              <row><col>ANIM_Remove</col><col>2</col><col>Once end is reached the corresponding animation is removed the same way as if <funclink>StopAnimation</funclink> were called to the exact point in time. For combination nodes the child node with the smaller weight is removed.</col></row>
+              <row><col>ANIM_Remove</col><col>2</col><col>Once end is reached the corresponding animation is removed the same way as if <funclink>AnimationStop</funclink> were called to the exact point in time. For combination nodes the child node with the smaller weight is removed.</col></row>
            </table>
          </desc>
        </param>
@ -66,7 +66,6 @@ else
    </examples>
    <related>
      <funclink>PlayAnimation</funclink>
-      <funclink>StopAnimation</funclink>
      <funclink>SetAnimationPosition</funclink>
      <funclink>SetAnimationWeight</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_Const</funclink>
@ -75,7 +74,6 @@ else
      <funclink>Anim_R</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsX</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsY</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Dist</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_XDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_YDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_Action</funclink>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_R.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_R.xml
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  <func>
    <title>Anim_R</title>
    <category>Animations</category>
-    <version>3.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.3 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>array</rtype>
      <params>
@ -40,7 +40,6 @@
      <funclink>Anim_Y</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsX</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsY</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Dist</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_XDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_YDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_Action</funclink>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_X.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_X.xml
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  <func>
    <title>Anim_X</title>
    <category>Animations</category>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>array</rtype>
      <params>
@ -50,7 +50,6 @@
      <funclink>Anim_R</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsX</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsY</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Dist</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_XDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_YDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_Action</funclink>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_XDir.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_XDir.xml
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  <func>
    <title>Anim_XDir</title>
    <category>Animations</category>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>array</rtype>
      <params>
@ -46,7 +46,6 @@
      <funclink>Anim_R</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsX</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsY</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Dist</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_YDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_Action</funclink>
    </related>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_Y.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_Y.xml
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  <func>
    <title>Anim_Y</title>
    <category>Animations</category>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>array</rtype>
      <params>
@ -50,7 +50,6 @@
      <funclink>Anim_R</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsX</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsY</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Dist</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_XDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_YDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_Action</funclink>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_YDir.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/Anim_YDir.xml
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  <func>
    <title>Anim_YDir</title>
    <category>Animations</category>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>array</rtype>
      <params>
@ -46,7 +46,6 @@
      <funclink>Anim_R</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsX</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_AbsY</funclink>
-      <funclink>Anim_Dist</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_XDir</funclink>
      <funclink>Anim_Action</funclink>
    </related>
--- a/docs/sdk/script/fn/AppendCommand.xml
+++ b/docs/sdk/script/fn/AppendCommand.xml
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
    <title>AppendCommand</title>
    <category>Objects</category>
    <subcat>Commands</subcat>
-    <version>1.0 OC</version>
+    <version>5.1 OC</version>
    <syntax>
      <rtype>bool</rtype>
      <params>
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More
Author	SHA1	Message	Date
Maikel de Vries	5f3c32c81f	fixed arrow components	2014-05-24 16:25:01 +02:00
Maikel de Vries	1dbdd81b4d	fixed gold bar components	2014-05-24 16:23:35 +02:00
Clonkonaut	fdf6130cbe	Fixed my really bad merge...	2014-05-09 21:28:33 +02:00
Clonkonaut	d291623f24	Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/origin/master' into heavy-resources Conflicts: planet/Arena.ocf/Hideout.ocs/Material.ocg/Amethyst.ocm planet/Arena.ocf/Hideout.ocs/Material.ocg/Ruby.ocm planet/Missions.ocf/AcidDrilling.ocs/Scenario.txt planet/Missions.ocf/DeadlyGrotto.ocs/Scenario.txt planet/Missions.ocf/GoldenMountain.ocs/Scenario.txt planet/Missions.ocf/MineRescue.ocs/Scenario.txt planet/Missions.ocf/Skylands.ocs/Scenario.txt planet/Objects.ocd/Libraries.ocd/Producer.ocd/Script.c planet/Worlds.ocf/AcidGoldMine.ocs/Scenario.txt planet/Worlds.ocf/GoldRush.ocs/Scenario.txt planet/Worlds.ocf/IronPeak.ocs/Scenario.txt planet/Worlds.ocf/Krakatoa.ocs/Scenario.txt planet/Worlds.ocf/RubyCave.ocs/Scenario.txt	2014-05-09 19:45:52 +02:00
Clonkonaut	cf369a1c94	Applied Maikel's balancing. See http://forum.openclonk.org/topic_show.pl?tid=2972	2014-04-27 16:05:21 +02:00
Clonkonaut	a344dc565c	Halved lifting time of carry heavy objects.	2014-04-27 15:47:48 +02:00
Clonkonaut	f2c1b3a66f	Added Terraflint, acquired from Firestone material. Also added SplitTerraflint dummy definition to produce in the Alchemy Lab. Will provide you with 3 small flints. Added the SplitTerraflint definition in scenario where it seemed fitting.	2014-04-27 15:42:33 +02:00
Clonkonaut	98cfe13bf9	Added metal chunk.	2014-04-07 23:15:40 +02:00
Clonkonaut	59ee596d35	Added planks- Get some them from the sawmill. Reworked quite a lot of production costs to either planks or chunk_wood. Haven't done a thourough search. I expact that soon Chunk_Wood is renamed into Wood anyway, so any errors will solve themselves.	2014-04-03 18:16:57 +02:00
Clonkonaut	8d1120b9e7	Fixed tree splitting wood output.	2014-04-03 18:01:30 +02:00
Clonkonaut	e52eac218f	Basic buildings are now constructed from Chunk_Wood. These are: - Flagpole (until we get another power distributor) - Foundry - Sawmill - Tools Workshop - Wind Generator	2014-04-03 17:40:00 +02:00
Clonkonaut	25d85e8fb6	Added Chunk_Wood. Reworked all trees to split into Chunk_Wood.	2014-04-03 17:36:36 +02:00
Clonkonaut	a5b8caab9d	Reworked tree splitting. Moved the logic from the axe to the tree library for better handling. Also, dual splitting with two players is effective now (hasn't been before).	2014-04-03 17:36:35 +02:00
Clonkonaut	a6bb804350	Merge branch 'master' into heavy-resources	2014-03-30 22:24:00 +02:00
Clonkonaut	ba521405ee	Added more chunks: Amethyst, Ice, Ruby, Snow	2014-03-30 22:18:25 +02:00
Clonkonaut	78349ba6a0	Unified chunk size (3) / reduced chunks' weight.	2014-01-28 19:52:35 +01:00
Clonkonaut	58c2c45751	Fixed clonk's physical not being reset sometimes.	2014-01-28 19:40:11 +01:00
Clonkonaut	8fa4929680	Merge branch 'master' into heavy-resources	2014-01-26 21:58:30 +01:00
Clonkonaut	f9e4cef0b2	Producer / construction sites handle chunks. Added IsChunk() callback. Changed building material of various building to Chunk_Rock. Chunks enter producers via ForceEnterProducer(), producer will split chunks.	2014-01-26 21:58:19 +01:00
Clonkonaut	9e1299f326	Added material chunks. Added chunks for rock, gold, ore and coal. Reworked the appropriate material definitions to cast these at a reduce rates.	2014-01-24 14:29:34 +01:00
Clonkonaut	b371e6b51f	Merge branch 'master' into heavy-resources Conflicts: planet/Objects.ocd/Items.ocd/Resources.ocd/Nugget.ocd/Script.c	2014-01-24 00:48:06 +01:00
Bernhard Bonigl	b938ca98fd	Merge default into heavy-resources	2012-04-08 02:17:07 +02:00
Felix Wagner	24d777e663	Forgot the nugget model!	2011-12-30 16:26:07 +00:00
Felix Wagner	7c71f06eb7	Reduced Mat2Object ratio for gold	2011-12-30 15:53:23 +00:00
Felix Wagner	9b7d9449bf	Decrease physical abilities of the clonk when carrying heavily	2011-12-30 15:53:10 +00:00
Felix Wagner	26d8ac2b00	Nuggets are now carry heavy, new branch	2011-12-30 15:51:36 +00:00